KV d30 Manual

A84059
Operator Panel
KV-D30
User's Manual
Preface
Operator Panel KV-D30 is a low-cost, highly practical operator panel. This operator panel can
be connected to the KV-10/16/24/40 and KV-700 KEYENCE PLC by a single cable.
Operator Panel KV-D30 cannot be connected to the KV-P16 Series.
This manual describes the specifications, installation, overview, and how to operate the KV-
D30. It also gives examples of ladder programs.
Before you start to use the KV-D30, be sure to thoroughly read this document in order to fully
understand their functions.
Store this document in a safe place so that you can retrieve it whenever necessary.
■ KV-D30 Related Manuals

When you use the KV-D30, also refer to the following manuals as required together with
this manual.
If you require these manuals, contact your agent.
Type of Manual Description
KV Series User's Manual Describes the specifications, functions, method of operation,
and how to program the KV-10/16/24/40. When using the KV-
10/16/24/40, mainly refer to this manual.
KV-D30 User's Manual This manual. Describes the specifications, installation and
method of operation of the KV-D30, and gives examples of
ladder programs.
KL-N10V/4AD/2DA Reference Describes the specifications, function and method of operation
Manual of the KL-4AD/2DA Analog Unit for the KL-Series Free Layout
Lead-saving System.
KV-700 Series User's Manual This manual describes the specifications of each of the units in
(PDF manual) the KV-700 Series, and their functions and method of opera-
tions. When using the KV-700 series, refer mainly to this
manual.
KV-700 Series Instruction This manual describes the instructions used in programs run
Reference Manual on the KV-700 Series.
(PDF manual)
KV BUILDER User's Manual This manual describes the functions and methods of operation
(PDF manual) of Windows version Ladder Support Software KV BUILDER.
KV-D30 User's Manual This manual describes the specifications of Operator Panel KV-
D30, and its functions and methods of operation.
KV-L20 User's Manual This manual describes the specifications of Multi-communica-
(PDF manual) tion Unit KV-L20, and its functions and methods of operation.
KV-AD40/DA40 User's Manual This manual describes the specifications of AD/DA Conversion
(PDF manual) Unit KV-AD40/DA40, and its functions and methods of opera-
tion.
KV-SC20 User's Manual This manual describes the specifications of High-speed Counter
(PDF manual) Unit KV-SC20, and its functions and methods of operation.
KV-TF40 User's Manual This manual describes the specifications of Multi-input PID
(PDF manual) Temperature Control Unit KV-TF40, and its functions and
methods of operation.
KV-LE20 User's Manual This manual describes the specifications of Ethernet Unit KV-
(PDF manual) LE20, and its functions and methods of operations.
LADDER BUILDER for KV Describes the functions and method of operation for the KV-10/
User's Manual 16/24/40 Ladder Support Software.
Safety Precautions
Symbols
This manual uses the following symbols to alert you to important information.
Failure to follow these instructions may lead to death or serious
DANGER injury.
WARNING Failure to follow these instructions may lead to injury.
Failure to follow these instructions may lead to physical dam-

CAUTION age (product malfunction, etc.).
Important: Provides additional information on precautions and restrictions that must

be followed in operation.
Note: Provides additional information on proper operation.

[Tip]
Indicates useful information or information that aids understanding of test
descriptions.
Indicates a reference item or page to be referred to in this manual and a separate
manual.
General Precautions
• At startup and during operation, be sure to monitor the functions and performance
of this product.
• Adopt sufficient countermeasures to prevent damage in the event that this product
may malfunction.
• Do not modify the KV-D30 or use it in any way other than described in the
specifications. The functions and performance of products used or modified in this
way cannot be assured
• When the KV-D30 is used in combination with other equipment, functions and
performance may be degraded depending on operating conditions, surrounding
environment and other factors. Fully take this into consideration before using the KV-
D30 in this way.
• Do not use the KV-D30 for the purpose of protecting the human life.
Request
If the KV-D30 is to be used in the following conditions or environments, make sure that
the actual operating conditions are well within the published ratings and functional
parameters. Take all necessary safety precautions, such as ensuring that operation is
fail-safe. Also, contact your agent about the following applications.
• Use under conditions and environment not described in this manual
• Use of the KV-D30 in nuclear power control, railroad facilities, aircraft facilities,
vehicles, combustion units, medical instruments, amusement machines, and safety
devices
• Use in applications where a major influence to human life and property is anticipated,
and where safety in particular is required
i
Sample Reference Program Quick Guide
The table shows the pages to refer to for examples of reference programs by
application described in this manual.
Display Example Function See Page

Timer/counter box type display KV-10/16/24/40 4-11
Visitors Rem. Time
1234 　
1234
600 KV-700 4-61
8000
Displays start of comments as a space. KV-10/16/24/40 4-12

12345mm
KV-700 4-31
Decimal point display KV-10/16/24/40 4-15

DM 00000 234.56
KV-700 4-35
" p'ces." display KV-10/16/24/40 4-16

Produced 100 p'ces.
KV-700 4-36
Nameplate blinking display KV-10/16/24/40 4-17

　　　　　 Running...
KV-700 4-37
Signed number display KV-10/16/24/40 4-17

Current Position -2367
KV-700 4-73
2-word number display KV-10/16/24/40 4-18

Product A 123456789
KV-700 4-38
Hexadecimal display KV-10/16/24/40 4-19

TM　00010 $1A3F
KV-700 4-39
Counter set value simultaneous display KV-10/16/24/40 4-20

C　00100 12345
PRESET 50000
C　00101 31520 KV-700 4-40
Zero-suppress OFF display KV-10/16/24/40 4-20

DM 00100 00123
KV-700 4-40
Setting value rewrite enable/disable setting KV-10/16/24/40 4-21

Tact Time 1234
　　　PRESET 1500
Produced 120 KV-700 4-41
Individually setting of numerical value changes KV-10/16/24/40 4-22

Target Value 30000
Current Value 1234
Non-defect Rate 89% KV-700 4-42
2X character display KV-10/16/24/40 4-23

Tact Time
　　　PRESET
100
1000
KV-700 4-43
ii
2X display (template used) KV-10/16/24/40 —
Product A　　　12345
Product B　　　23456 KV-700 4-56
4X character display KV-10/16/24/40 4-24

Product A 1234
KV-700 4-44
4X display (template used) KV-10/16/24/40 —

Product A 1234
Product B 1234 KV-700 4-57
7-segment numerical value display KV-10/16/24/40 4-25

Line 1 Produced
　PRESET
Line 1 Produced 31520 KV-700 4-45
　PRESET 40000
7-segment numerical value display KV-10/16/24/40 —

DM　00000 (template used)
DM　00001
DM　00002 KV-700 4-55
DM　00003
Batch setting of number of blank spaces KV-10/16/24/40 —

Today's product schedule (template used)
Strawberry 452190 bags
Orange 22360 bags KV-700 4-53
Grape 31300 bags
Creation of a title screen (template used) KV-10/16/24/40 —

Full Auto Checker
[Parts Analyzer A type] KV-700 4-54
Tel 06-9999-9999
Addition of clock display KV-10/16/24/40 —

Time is 20:35:48
KV-700 4-58
Key guide display KV-10/16/24/40 —

Today's delivery 2516
PRESET 8500
KV-700 4-59
RUN STOP TOTAL MAINT
Use of template function KV-10/16/24/40 —

Product 1 data
No. produced 325 pcs.
Defects 12 pcs. KV-700 4-62
Yield 32%
Display of alarm KV-10/16/24/40 —

　【 Alarm Monitor 】
　　　　　　　　 01/01
Emer stop switch KV-700 7-8
was pressed.
Customized switch setting KV-10/16/24/40 9-6
KV-700 9-6
Customized LED setting KV-10/16/24/40 9-6
KV-700 9-6
iii
User message display KV-10/16/24/40 10-6
【 Message 】
CAUTION! No Material
KV-700 10-15
User message 2 display KV-10/16/24/40 —

【 Message 】
Work blockage on
No.1 machine KV-700 10-17
System message English display KV-10/16/24/40 10-7

•Operator Mode
•DM Direct Access
•T/C Direct Access KV-700 10-18
•I/O Monitor
Sound buzzer KV-10/16/24/40 10-8

Beep
KV-700 10-19
External output ON KV-10/16/24/40 —

・・・
12・・
・8・
・・4
・・・
0
KV-700 10-20
Change color of screen in user message display KV-10/16/24/40 10-9

•Operator Mode 　　【 Message 】
•DM Direct Access 　 CAUTION! No Material
•T/C Direct Access
•I/O Monitor
KV-700 10-21
To set page switching KV-10/16/24/40 —

Page 0 Page 1
KV-700 10-23
Page 3 Page 2
Inhibit page scroll KV-10/16/24/40 —

　　　　
　　
KV-700 10-25
Prohibiting screen migration KV-10/16/24/40 10-12

Screen Menu is not
DM　00100　 123456
locked displayed.
KV-700 10-28
Key guide display KV-10/16/24/40 —

Profile meas checker
　　　　　　 123.45 mm KV-700 11-8

RUN STOP RESET PAUSE
iv
Two 48 preset counters are displayed, user KV-10/16/24/40 11-4
Prod Today Prod Total
message is displayed when set value is
　　
　　
123
200 　
799
1500
reached, and the screen color is changed.
【 Message 】
End of today's
production
KV-700 11-4
【 Message 】
Reached today's
production target!
Red/green blinking display KV-10/16/24/40 11-6

Feed Rate
　　
13.45 mm/min
Feed　　Rate
23.45 mm/min KV-700 11-6
Feed　　Rate
3.45 mm/min
Title screen display and 7-segment display of KV-10/16/24/40 —
Auto sushi rice cooker numerical values
　【 SHARITARO No.2】
@@IndustriesTEL123-4567
KV-700 11-2
Rice: 　 tons
Water: ltr
Title screen Page switching by customized switches KV-10/16/24/40 —

Cookie oven monitor
♪Cooking Master♪
TOP No.1 No.2 PROD
Operation screen 1
Cookie oven No.1
Flour: 8.543 kg
Oven power 750.0 W
TOP No.1 No.2 PROD
Operation screen 2
KV-700 11-9
Cookie oven No.2
Flour: 15.765 kg
Oven power 900.0 W
TOP No.1 No.2 PROD
Operation screen 3
Today's production count
Butter flavor: 1231 pcs.
Salt flavor: 8000 pcs.
TOP No.1 No.2 PROD
v
This page left intentionally blank
vi
How This Manual Is Organized 1
Chapter 1 SPECIFICATIONS
This chapter describes the KV-D30 features, and the names and functions of
parts.
2
Chapter 2 INSTALLATION
This chapter describes the installation environment for the KV-D30, how to
3
install the KV-D30, how to connect options, and procedures for maintaining
the KV-D30.
4
Chapter 3 OUTLINE & OPERATION
This chapter describes an outline of the KV-D30 and basic operations.
5
Chapter 4 OPERATOR MODE
This chapter describes operational procedures in the Operator mode.
6
Chapter 5 DIRECT ACCESS
This chapter describes operational procedures in the Direct Access mode. 7
Chapter 6 I/O MONITOR MODE
This chapter describes operational procedures in the I/O Monitor mode. 8
Chapter 7 ALARM FUNCTIONS
This chapter describes the procedure for operations in the alarm functions. 9
Chapter 8 MEMORY CARD & CLOCK DISPLAY FUNCTIONS
This chapter describes the procedure for operations in the Memory Card and 10
clock display functions.
Chapter 9 SWITCH/LED COMMENTS 11

This chapter describes screen operations in the switch/LED comment display
screens, and how to operate the customized switches and LEDs.
12
Chapter 10 OTHER FUNCTIONS
This chapter describes other functions unique to the KV-D30 that cannot be
used on the main menu.
Chapter 11 SAMPLE LADDER PROGRAMS

This chapter gives examples of ladder programs when actually using the KV-
D30.
Chapter 12 TROUBLESHOOTING
This chapter describes how to remedy trouble that may occur on the KV-D30.
Appendices
These appendices provide information that may be useful when using the KV-
D30.
vii
Contents
Preface
Safety Precautions ................................................................................ i
Sample Reference Program Quick Guide ........................................... ii
How This Manual Is Organized .......................................................... vii
Contents ............................................................................................. viii
Conventions Used In This Manual ................................................... xiii
Page Configuration and Symbols ................................................ xiii
Terminology ................................................................................. xiii
Chapter 1 SPECIFICATIONS
1-1 System Configuration .............................................................. 1-2

1-2 Features..................................................................................... 1-3
1-3 Names and Functions .............................................................. 1-4
1-4 Specifications ........................................................................... 1-7
External Dimensions................................................................. 1-10
1-5 Jog Dial Specifications .......................................................... 1-11
Chapter 2 INSTALLATION
2-1 Installation Procedure .............................................................. 2-2

2-2 Checking the Installation Environment .................................. 2-3
2-3 Attaching the Body................................................................... 2-5
2-4 Connecting to the KV-10/16/24/40 and the KV-700 ................ 2-7
2-5 Connecting the Jog Dial ........................................................ 2-10
Attaching and Connecting the Jog Dial .................................... 2-10
2-6 Maintenance and Inspection ................................................. 2-13
Inspection ................................................................................. 2-13
Maintenance ............................................................................. 2-13
Chapter 3 OUTLINE & OPERATION
3-1 About the Main Menu ............................................................... 3-2

3-2 Functions When the KV-10/16/24/40 Is Connected ............... 3-3
Menu Hierarchy .......................................................................... 3-3
Outline of Individual Menus ........................................................ 3-4
Other Functions .......................................................................... 3-6
3-3 Functions When the KV-700 Is Connected ............................ 3-7
Menu Hierarchy .......................................................................... 3-7
Outline of Individual Menus ........................................................ 3-8
Other Functions ........................................................................ 3-10
3-4 List of Devices ........................................................................ 3-12
Devices When the KV-10/16/24/40 Is Connected .................... 3-12
Devices When the KV-700 Is Connected ................................. 3-16
viii
Chapter 4 OPERATOR MODE
4-1 About the Operator Mode ........................................................ 4-2

4-2 Screen Operations.................................................................... 4-3
Flow of Operations ..................................................................... 4-3
Screen Hierarchy when the KV-10/16/24/40 is Connected ........ 4-4
Screen Hierarchy when the KV-700 is Connected ..................... 4-6
4-3 Creating Screens for the Operator Mode
(when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected) ................................ 4-8
Work Flow................................................................................... 4-8
Setting Display Devices .............................................................. 4-9
Displaying Device Comments................................................... 4-12
Setting Display Device Attributes [DM1680 (page 0, 1st line)
to M1699 (page 4, 4th line)]...................................................... 4-13
Attribute 1 Details ..................................................................... 4-15
Attribute 1 Order of Priority (excluding bits 14 and 15)............. 4-25
Attribute 2 Order of Priority ....................................................... 4-26
Cautions in the Numerical Value Change State ....................... 4-26
Other Cautions ......................................................................... 4-26
(when the KV-700 is connected) ........................................... 4-27
Work Flow................................................................................. 4-27
Setting Display Devices ............................................................ 4-28
Displaying Device Comments................................................... 4-31
Setting Display Device Attributes [CM0200 (page 0, 1st line)
to CM0396 (page 19, 4th line)] ................................................. 4-32
Attribute 1 Order of Priority (excluding bits 14 and 15)............. 4-46
Attribute 2 Order of Priority ....................................................... 4-46
Cautions in the Numerical Value Change State ....................... 4-47
Other Cautions ......................................................................... 4-47
4-5 About Templates (when the KV-700 is connected) ............. 4-48
Outline of Function ................................................................... 4-48
Template Setting [CM0208 (page 0) to CM0399 (page 19)] .... 4-49
Template 1 Details.................................................................... 4-52
Template 2 Details.................................................................... 4-56
Chapter 5 DIRECT ACCESS
5-1 About Direct Access ................................................................ 5-2

5-2 Screen Operations in DM/CM Direct Access ......................... 5-4
5-3 Screen Operations in T/C Direct Access ................................ 5-7
ix
Chapter 6 I/O MONITOR MODE
6-1 About the I/O Monitor Mode .................................................... 6-2

6-2 I/O Monitor Mode Screen Operations ..................................... 6-3
Screen Hierarchy in I/O Monitor Mode ....................................... 6-4
Chapter 7 ALARM FUNCTIONS
7-1 Alarm Functions ....................................................................... 7-2

7-2 How to Operate in the Alarm Function Screen ...................... 7-3
Screen Hierarchy in the Alarm Menu.......................................... 7-5
7-3 Alarm Function Program ......................................................... 7-7
Setting Control Relays for Alarms .............................................. 7-7
Alarm Display ............................................................................. 7-8
Chapter 8 MEMORY CARD FUNCTION AND CLOCK DISPLAY

FUNCTION
8-1 Memory Card Function and Clock Display Function ............ 8-2
Memory Card Function ............................................................... 8-2
Clock Display Function ............................................................... 8-2
8-2 How to Operate in the Memory Card Function Screen ......... 8-3
Screen Hierarchy in the Memory Card menu ............................. 8-5
8-3 How to Operate in the Clock Display Function Screen......... 8-6
Screen Hierarchy in the Clock Display ....................................... 8-6
Chapter 9 SWITCH/LED COMMENTS
9-1 About the Switch/LED Comment Display Screen.................. 9-2

9-2 Screen Operations in Switch/LED Comment Display Screen . 9-3
9-3 About Customized Switches and Customized LEDs ............ 9-5
What is a Customized Switch or Customized LED? ................... 9-5
Chapter 10 OTHER FUNCTIONS
10-1 About Other Functions .......................................................... 10-2

Other Functions When the KV-10/16/24/40 Is Connected ....... 10-2
Other Functions When the KV-700 Is Connected .................... 10-3
x
10-2 Other Functions When the KV-10/16/24/40 Is Connected ... 10-4
User Message Functions .......................................................... 10-4
System Message Convention Change Function ...................... 10-7
Buzzer/External Output Function.............................................. 10-8
Backlight Change Function....................................................... 10-9
Key Lock Function .................................................................. 10-10
Display Screen Hold Function ................................................ 10-10
Display Screen Setting Function ............................................ 10-10
Protecting the KV-D30 Settings .............................................. 10-13
10-3 Other Functions When the KV-700 Is Connected .............. 10-14
Unit Monitor Function ............................................................. 10-14
User Message Function.......................................................... 10-14
System Message Convention Change Function .................... 10-18
Buzzer Function...................................................................... 10-19
External Output Function ........................................................ 10-20
Backlight Change Function..................................................... 10-21
Page Switching Function ........................................................ 10-22
Current Page No. Storage Function ....................................... 10-24
Page Scroll Inhibit Function .................................................... 10-25
Key Lock Function .................................................................. 10-26
Display Screen Hold Function ................................................ 10-26
Display Screen Setting Function ............................................ 10-26
Protecting the KV-D30 Settings .............................................. 10-29
Chapter 11 SAMPLE LADDER PROGRAMS
11-1 Sample Programs ................................................................... 11-2

Title Screen Display and 7-segment Display of Numerical
Values....................................................................................... 11-2
2 x 48 Preset Counter, User Messages and Color Display .. 11-4
Red/Green Blinking .................................................................. 11-6
Control Panel Display ............................................................... 11-8
Page Switching by Customized Switches................................. 11-9
Chapter 12 TROUBLESHOOTING
12-1 List of Error Messages ........................................................... 12-2

KV-D30 Unit Errors ................................................................... 12-2
CPU Errors ............................................................................... 12-2
Memory Card Errors ................................................................. 12-3
12-2 Trouble during the KV-10/16/24/40 Connection ................... 12-5
Trouble Common to the KV-D30 and All Menus ...................... 12-5
Trouble by Individual Menus..................................................... 12-6
12-3 Trouble during the KV-700 Connection ............................... 12-10
Trouble Common to the KV-D30 and All Menus .................... 12-10
Trouble by Individual Menus................................................... 12-11
xi
Appendices
1 Compatibility with KV-D20 ....................................................... A-2

Differences between Functions .................................................. A-2
Table of Display Mode Differences............................................. A-3
Table of Assigned Device No. Differences ................................. A-3
2 Key Operation Quick Guide ..................................................... A-5
Key Operations when the KV-10/16/24/40 is Connected ........... A-5
Key Operations when the KV-700 is Connected ........................ A-8
3 Comment Entry Form ............................................................. A-13
4 Index ........................................................................................ A-14
When the KV-10/16/24/40 is Connected .................................. A-14
When the KV-700 is Connected ............................................... A-17
xii
Conventions Used In This Manual
The following shows how pages are configured, and the symbols and terminology used
in this manual.
Page Configuration and Symbols
Content on individual pages

referring to the KV-700 is
indicated with KV-700 shaded
and content referring to the 2-5 Connecting the Jog Dial
KV-10/16/24/40 is indicated KV-700
with KV-10/16/
24/40 shaded.
KV-10/16/
24/40
2-5 Connecting the Jog Dial Headline
An optional jog dial (OP-42144) can be attached to the KV-D30.
2 Attaching and Connecting the Jog Dial Mid-heading

Thumbnail index
INSTALLATION
The following describes how to attach the jog dial onto the panel and connect it to the
Indicates the chapter. KV-D30.
Chapter title ■ Mounting method Sub-heading

1 Cut out an imbedded installation hole and Imbedded installation hole 14±0.2
unit fastening hole in the panel at the di- ø3.0

mensions shown in the figure on the right.
ø14
Unit fastening hole
Operational step
2 Insert the shaft on the jog dial into the Imbedded installation hole
Shaft
imbedded installation hole with the unit
fastening stopper aligned with the unit fas-
tening hole from the rear of the panel. Figure illustrating operation
Panel
Unit fastening hole

Unit fastening stopper
Install the KV-D30 as far away as possible from locations where radios, etc. are
CAUTION located. Radio waves emitted by the KV-D30 may cause noise to occur on the radio. Caution
Failure to observe the caution
described here may result in
Note: Note: • When using the jog dial, be sure to connect the 24 VDC to the 24V and GND
terminals.
product trouble.
Describes cautions for "Display Screen Setting Function" page 10-26
easily mistaken operations.
Be sure to read these.
Indicates the page or manual

to refer to. The page or
manual containing the related
information is indicated here.
2-10
* This page was made for the purpose of explaining page components,
and differs from an actual page.
Terminology
This manual uses the following terminology excluding some instances.
Term Description
KV-10/16/24/40 Basic Unit KV-10/16/24/40
KV-700 CPU Unit for the KV-700 Series
PLC General name of programmable controller system
xiii
xiv
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
This chapter describes the KV-D30 features, and the names and
functions of parts.
1-1 System Configuration ........................................................1-2
1-2 Features ...............................................................................1-3
1-3 Names and Functions ........................................................1-4
1-4 Specifications .....................................................................1-7
1-5 Jog Dial Specifications ....................................................1-11
1-1
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40 1-1 System Configuration
1 1-1 System Configuration

This section describes the configuration of peripherals when KV-D30 is used.
SPECIFICATIONS
0 0
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
KV-700 KV-10/16
/24/40
2.5 m modular cable
5 m modular cable
(OP-42143)
KV-D30
24 VDC power supply
Jog dial (OP-42144) External output devices such as operation LED
Name Model Function Packaged

KV-D30 — This unit
KV-10/16/24/40 — Basic Unit KV-10/16/24/40 x
KV-700 — CPU Unit for the KV-700 Series x
2.5 m modular cable — Cable for connecting the KV-D30 to KV-10/16/24/40 or
KV-700.
5 m modular cable OP-42143 Cable for connecting the KV-D30 to KV-10/16/24/40 or x
KV-700. When this cable is used, the external 24 VDC
power supply is required.
External 24 VDC power — Supplies power to the KV-D30 when the 5 m modular x
supply cable, jog dial (OP-42144), operation indicator, and
other external output devices are used. 24 VDC drive
results in a brighter backlit display for the LCD screen.
Jog dial OP-42144 Jog dial for operating the KV-D30. When this device is x
used, the external 24 VDC power supply is required.
External output devices — External output devices such as operation LED, warning x
such as operation LED LED can be used for various applications.
1-2
KV-700
KV-10/16/
1-2 Features 24/40
1-2 Features 1
The features of the Operator Panel KV-D30 are as follows:
SPECIFICATIONS
Various display functions
On the KV-D30, single-byte characters, two-byte characters, 2X characters, and 4X characters can
be used selectively, enabling a highly flexible display. The display language (English/Japanese),
backlight color (green, red, orange), and LCD display (negative/positive) also can be changed.
Display/communications program not required

"Device comments" on the ladder program software are used entirely for character display details.
Numerical values can also be displayed merely by instructing the desired device to display. This
enables display on the screen merely by performing simple settings after the ladder is completed.
Direct access function

The setting values of data memories (only when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected), control
memories (only when the KV-700 is connected), timers and counters can be easily changed.
I/O monitor function (only when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected)

The I/O states of KV-10/16/24/40, extended I/O and KL can be monitored simultaneously on three
channels.
Unit Monitor function (only when the KV-700 is connected)

The setting status of the various units (A/D Conversion Unit, Multi-communications Unit, etc.) and
the ON/OFF status of relays connected to the KV-700 can be monitored.
Alarm display/clear function (only when the KV-700 is connected)

The current alarm occurrence status and past alarm histories can be monitored. Also, the alarm
history of the CPU Unit KV-700 can be cleared from the KV-D30.
Memory Card access function (only when the KV-700 is connected)

This function allows you to access the Memory Card currently inserted in CPU Unit KV-700 from the
KV-D30, load ladder program data, monitor the file list, and check free space on the Memory Card.
Clock display function (only when the KV-700 is connected)

This function allows you to display the time according CPU Unit KV-700's internal clock on the KV-
D30.
One-touch connection
The Basic Unit and CPU Unit can be connected merely by connecting the power and communica-
tions integrated cable. The power connection can be extended up to five meters by supply power
from an external 24 VDC external power supply.
Backlight high-brightness mode

The backlight can be made bright for better visibility by supplying power from an external 24 VDC
power supply. Brightness is also increased for five seconds after pressing switches when 5 VDC
power is supplied from the PLC port.
Jog dial supported

Values can be easily set and changed by connecting the exclusive jog dial (OP-42144)
Program compatibility with KV-D20

Operator mode settings are downwardly compatible with the KV-D20. Operator screen ladders set
for the KV-D20 can be used as they are merely by setting the comments again.
1-3
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40 1-3 Names and Functions
1 1-3 Names and Functions

The following describes the names and functions of parts on the KV-D30.
SPECIFICATIONS
■ Front
(1) Customized LED (2) LCD screen
(5) Bit guide
(3) Customized switch (4) Setting operation switches
No. Name Function

(1) Customized LED These LEDs are assigned to special auxiliary relay (when the KV-
10/16/24/40 is used) or control relay (when the KV-700 is used).
LED lights when relay turns ON.
"Setting operation switches, customized switches and custom-
ized LEDs" page 1-6
(2) LCD screen Displays each screen in green, red, or orange.
(3) Customized switch These switches are assigned to special auxiliary relay (when the
KV-10/16/24/40 is used) or control relay (when the KV-700 is used).
Relays turn ON when switches are turned ON.
"Setting operation switches, customized switches and custom-
ized LEDs" page 1-6
(4) Setting operation Used for operating screen displays
switches "Setting operation switches, customized switches and custom-
ized LEDs" page 1-6
(5) Bit guide This guide is for confirming which address each bit is equivalent to
during 16-bit batch display in the I/O Monitor mode, Operator mode,
or in the Unit Monitor.
1-4
KV-700
KV-10/16/
1-3 Names and Functions 24/40
■ Rear and terminal block

1
SPECIFICATIONS
(1) Communications port
(2) Jog dial input terminal block

(3) External output terminal block
(4) Power supply

terminal block
P-V P-C P-A P-B OUT0 OUT1
24V GND P-E V0 V1 C
No. Name Function

(1) Communications This communications port is for communicating with the CPU Unit.
port Connect to the communications port on the CPU Unit using the
cable provided.
This port also supplies the drive power for the KV-D30.
"2-4 Connecting to the KV-10/16/24/40 and the KV-700"
page 2-7
(2) Jog dial input This block is for connecting the jog dial (OP-42144). Connect the
terminal block cable leads corresponding to each terminal
"Attaching and Connecting the Jog Dial" page 2-10
(3) External output This block is for connecting the external output devices such as
terminal block operation LED.
There are two terminals, OUT0 and OUT1. COM is shared inter-
nally.
Terminals V0 and V1 are located on the service power terminals for
external output.
(4) Power supply This block is for connecting an external 24 VDC power supply for
terminal block operating the KV-D30.
Connecting an external 24 VDC power supply increases the bright-
ness of the LCD screen backlight.
Be sure to supply 24 VDC to this terminal block when using the 5 m
modular cable (OP-42143), jog dial (OP-42144), operation indicator,
and other external output devices, and when using devices in an
environment where the ambient temperature exceeds 40°C.
"2-4 Connecting to the KV-10/16/24/40 and the KV-700"
page 2-7
1-5
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40 1-3 Names and Functions
■ Setting operation switches, customized switches and customized LEDs

1
SPECIFICATIONS
Customized LEDs
Setting operation switches
Customized switches
Setting operation switches

Name Function
Used mainly for returning to the main menu.
Used mainly for changing selection items or for changing the numerical
value digit.
Used mainly for changing the selection item to one item up or
incrementing numerical values.
Used mainly for changing the selection item to one item down or
decrementing numerical values.
Used mainly for applying selected menus or determining items. There
are many ways of using this switch, for example, to hold down several
seconds to make a setting.
Special auxiliary relay and control relays assigned to customized switches

Name Function
KV-10/16/24/40 KV-700
2500 CR3700
2501 CR3701
2502 CR3702
2503 CR3703
Special auxiliary relay and control relays assigned to customized LEDs

Name Function
V-10/16/24/40 KV-700
LED1 2504 CR3704
LED2 2505 CR3705
LED3 2506 CR3706
LED4 2507 CR3707
1-6
KV-700
KV-10/16/
1-4 Specifications 24/40
1-4 Specifications 1
This section lists the general specifications and performance specifications of the KV-D30, external terminal
SPECIFICATIONS
I/O specifications, and external dimensions.
■ General specifications
Item Specifications
Supply voltage Power supplied from PLC (serial) port or external 24 VDC power supply
Power Power supplied from 5 VDC 220 mA max. (60 mA or less)*
consumption PLC (serial) port
Power supply from 24 VDC (±10%) 140 mA max. (excluding externally connected devices)
external 24 VDC
power supply
Operating ambient temperature 0 to +50°C (icing not allowed)

Operating ambient humidity 35 to 85%RH (condensation not allowed)
Storage ambient temperature -20 to 70°C (icing not allowed)
Withstand voltage 1500 VAC for 1 minute (across power terminal and I/O terminals, and all
terminals and case)
Noise resistance 1500 Vp-p pulse min. width 1µsec, 50 ns (by common mode noise simulator)
Compliant with IEC standard (IEC61000-4-2/-3/-4/-6)
Vibrating resistance Compliant Intermittent vibration Number of sweeps
with JIS B
Frequency Acceleration Amplitude 10 times each on
3502
X-, Y-, and Z-axes
IEC61131-2 10 to 57 Hz — 0.075 mm
(for 80 mins.)
2
57 to 150 Hz 9.8 m/s —
Continuous vibration
Frequency Acceleration Amplitude
10 to 57 Hz — 0.035 mm
2
57 to 150 Hz 4.9 m/s —
Impact resistance Compliant with JIS B 3502 IEC61131-2, 147 m/s2, 11 ms operation time,
3 times each on 3 axes
Insulating resistance 50 MΩ min. (500 VDC megger across power terminal and case)
Operating atmosphere Must be free from severe dust and corrosive gas
Display life 50000 hours min.
Weight Body approx. 220 g, communications cable approx. 80 g, exclusive mounting
fixture approx. 30 g (2 p'ces)
Structure Panel built-in type, IP-65F on only front panel
* For five seconds after a switch is pressed, the backlight enters the high-brightness mode. So, power
consumption becomes 5 VDC 300 mA or less.
1-7
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40 1-4 Specifications
Performance specifications
1
Item Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
Number of connect- 1 unit connectable per CPU unit

able units
Display LCD display with backlight
Text size 4X character (6 digits x 2 lines) 12.4 mm x 12.4 mm (32 x 32 dots)
2X character (12 digits x 2 lines) 6.2 mm x 12.4 mm (16 x 32 dots)
2-byte character (12 digits x 4 lines) 6.2 mm x 6.2 mm (16 x 16 dots)
1-byte character (24 digits x 4 lines) 3.1 mm x 6.2 mm (8 x 16 dots)
Customized switch 4
Assigned to special auxiliary relay (KV-10/16/24/40) or control relay (KV-700):
F1, F2, F3, F4
Setting operation
switches
Customized LEDs 4 red LEDs
Assigned to special auxiliary relay (KV-10/16/24/40) or control relay (KV-700):
LED1, LED2, LED3, LED4
External terminal diagram, I/O secifications
Terminal layout diagram

Name Specifications
24 V External power supply 24 VDC input
GND *2 External power supply GND (0 V) input
P-V *1 For jog dial power supply (24 VDC output)
P-V P-C P-A P-B OUT0 OUT1 P-C *2 Jog dial power supply GND
24V GND P-E V0 V1 C P-A Jog dial phase A input
P-B Jog dial phase B input
P-E Jog dial switch input
1, 3
V0 * 24 VDC service power supply for OUT0
1, 3
V1 * 24 VDC service power supply for OUT1
3
OUT0 * Output 0
3
OUT1 * Output 1
2, 3
C* Output common (GND)
*1: P:-V, V0 and V1 are internally connected. The total

capacity of P-V, V0 and V1 is 200 mA or less.
*2: GND, P-C and C are internally connected.
*3: Use output terminals for buzzers and LEDs. Do not
use output terminals for control.
Input specifications
Item Specifications
Input maximum rating 26.4 VDC
Input voltage 24 VDC, 1.3 mA
Minimum ON voltage 19 V
Maximum OFF current 100 µA
Common method 1 common
Input time constant 10 ms
1-8
KV-700
KV-10/16/
1-4 Specifications 24/40
Input circuit diagram Detailed input circuit diagram

1
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal circuit P-C
GND (power supply)
Insulation
power circuit
24 V (power supply) 5V
P-V P-C P-A P-B

P-V
18KΩ
Internal circuit
(service power supply)
24V GND P-E (1/16W)
27KΩ
(1/16W)
P-A, P-B, P-E
Jog dial
+
Output specifications
Item Specifications
Resistance load 30 VDC, 0.1 A
Peak load current 1A
Maximum voltage at power OFF 30 VDC
Leakage current at power OFF 100 µA max.
Residual voltage at power ON 0.8 V max.
Output mode NPN open collector output
Output circuit diagrams Detailed output circuit diagram
When service power is supplied

Internal circuit
24 V
Insulation (power supply)
power circuit V0, V1
OUT0 OUT1 (service power supply)
5V
V0 V1 C OUT0,
Internal OUT1
L L
circuit
When service power is not supplied C

Internal circuit
0V (power supply)
OUT0 OUT1
V0 V1 C
L L
1-9
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40 1-4 Specifications
1 External Dimensions
KV-D30
SPECIFICATIONS
Panel thickness 1.2 to 3.0 mm
80 72
130 8.4 37
150
(mounting fixture external dimensions)
Panel cutout dimensions
170
+0.8
72 0
+0.8
122 0 100
1-10
KV-700
KV-10/16/
1-5 Jog Dial Specifications 24/40
1-5 Jog Dial Specifications 1

This section lists the specifications and external dimensions of the jog dial (OP-42144)
SPECIFICATIONS
Jog dial specifications
Item Specifications
Supply voltage 24 VDC (±10%)
Power consumption 10 mA
Resolution (pulses/rotation) 24
Rotary parts mechanism Mechanical
Output 2 phases (phase A: P-A, phase B: P-B), switch output (P-E)
Output mode NPN open collector output
Rated load 30 VDC, 35 mA
Leakage current at power OFF 100 µA max.
Residual current at power ON 0.8 V max.
Output phase difference Phase difference 30° or more of phase A or phase B
Circuit protection Reverse power connection protection
Operating ambient tempera- 0 to 50°C (icing not allowed)
ture
Operating ambient humidity 35 to 85%RH (condensation not allowed)
Storage ambient temperature -20 to +70°C (icing not allowed)
Withstand voltage 1500 VAC for 1 minute (across power terminal and I/O terminals, and all terminals
and case)
Vibrating resistance Compliant Intermittent vibration Number of sweeps
with JIS B
Frequency Acceleration Amplitude 10 times each on
3502
X-, Y-, and Z-axes
IEC61131-2 10 to 57 Hz — 0.075 mm
(for 80 mins.)
2
57 to 150 Hz 9.8 m/s —
Continuous vibration
Frequency Acceleration Amplitude
10 to 57 Hz — 0.035 mm
2
57 to 150 Hz 4.9 m/s —
Impact resistance Compliant with JIS B 3502 IEC61131-2, 147 m/s2, 11 ms operation time, 3 times
each on 3 axes
Insulating resistance 50 MΩ min. (by 500 VDC megger across power terminal and case)
Life of rotary parts Approx. 30000 rotations
Switch life 20000 operations or more
Protection None
Weight 50 g
Cable length Approx. 500 mm*
* The cable cannot be extended.
1-11
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40 1-5 Jog Dial Specifications
Jog dial output circuit diagram

1
SPECIFICATIONS
P-V Brown (24 VDC)
Pulse generation circuit

P-A Black (phase A output)
P-B Pink (phase B output)
P-E White (switch output)
P-C Blue (0 V)
Jog dial output diagram
Pulse output
OFF
Phase A
ON
CW
OFF
Phase B
ON
Click stable point
CW
Note: When operating the jog dial, turn the dial until you feel it click into place. If you
turn the dial and stop it where you do not feel it click into place, the KV-D30
may malfunction when it is started and stopped.
Jog dial external diagrams
14 ±0.2
3 ø14
Panel cutout dimensions
M12 nut
(17 mm across opposite sides, thickness 4)
14
1
ø1
4
ø3
8.5
34 9.5
26.5
1-12
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
This chapter describes the installation environment for the KV-D30,
how to install the KV-D30, how to connect options, and procedures for
maintaining the KV-D30.
2-1 Installation Procedure ........................................................2-2
2-2 Checking the Installation Environment ............................ 2-3
2-3 Attaching the Body .............................................................2-5
2-4 Connecting to the KV-10/16/24/40 and the KV-700 .......... 2-7
2-5 Connecting the Jog Dial ...................................................2-10
2-6 Maintenance and Inspection ............................................2-13
2-1
2-1 Installation Procedure
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
2-1 Installation Procedure
Follow the procedure below to install the KV-D30 on the KV-10/16/24/40 and the KV-
700.
2
Check the installation environment.
INSTALLATION
1 Check whether or not the site where there KV-D30 is to be installed is appropriate.
"2-2 Checking the Installation Environment" page 2-3
Attach the body.

2 Attach the KV-D30 onto the panel.
"2-3 Attaching the Body" page 2-5
Connect to the KV-10/16/24/40 and the KV-700.

3 Connect the KV-D30 to the KV-10/16/24/40 or the KV-700.
"2-4 Connecting to the KV-10/16/24/40 and the KV-700" page 2-7
Connect options.
4 Connect options to the KV-D30 as necessary.
"2-5 Connecting the Jog Dial" page 2-9
Transfer KV-D30 ladder programs and data.

Program the ladder, and transfer the ladder program to the KV-10/16/24/40
or the KV-700.
5 "4-3 Creating Screens for the Operator Mode
(when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected)" page 4-8
"4-4 Creating Screens for the Operator Mode
(when the KV-700 is connected)" page 4-27
6 Operation
2-2
2-2 Checking the Installation Environment
KV-700
2-2 Checking the Installation Environment KV-10/16/

24/40
The following describes the cautions to pay attention to when installing and wiring the
KV-D30.
2
■ Installation location
INSTALLATION
Do not install the KV-D30 in the following places:
• Locations subject to direct sunlight

• Locations subject to ambient temperature out of 0 to 50°C range
• Locations subject to ambient humidity out of 35 to 85%RH range
• Locations subject to condensation caused by sudden temperature change
• Locations subject to corrosive and flammable gases
• Locations subject to large amounts of dirt and dust, salt, iron and oil smoke
• Locations directly subject to vibration and shock
• Locations that may be splashed with water, oil or chemical mist
• Locations where strong magnetic and electrical fields are generated
Install the KV-D30 as far away as possible from locations where radios, etc. are
CAUTION located. Radio waves emitted by the KV-D30 may cause noise to occur on the radio.
2-3
2-2 Checking the Installation Environment
KV-700
KV-10/16/
■ Measures for improving noise resistance
24/40 • Do not mount the KV-D30 inside industrial control panels in which high-voltage
devices are also located.
2 • Mount the KV-D30 as far away as possible from power lines.

• Mount the KV-D30 as far away as possible when it must be mounted next to
devices (e.g. solenoids, choppers) that generate strong magnetic and electrical
INSTALLATION
fields.
• Operability and maintainability
Mount the KV-D30 as far way as possible from high-voltage equipment and
electrically powered equipment taking into consideration safety during mainte-
nance and operation.
• Do not include the KV-D30's I/O leads in the same ducts as power lines and high-
voltage lines. Wire the I/O leads in separate ducts. Noise from power lines and
high-voltage lines may cause malfunction to the KV-D30.
2-4
2-3 Attaching the Body
KV-700
2-3 Attaching the Body KV-10/16/

24/40
This section describes the procedure for attaching the KV-D30 onto a panel.
2
■ Mounting cautions
INSTALLATION
• Use the mounting fixture to attach the KV-D30 so that it is 1.2 to 3.0 mm
flush against the panel.
The KV-D30 can be mounted on panels 1.2 to 3.0 mm thick.
* When mounting on panels thicker than 3.0 mm, contact
your agent.
Panel
• Leave as much space as possible between the KV-D30 and surrounding

structures or components to ensure optimum accessibility for maintenance and
operation, and ventilation.
• Do not subject the KV-D30 from heat generated by other equipment.
• Install the KV-D30 as far as possible away from other equipment may generate
electrical arcs such as electromagnetic switches and non-fuse breakers.
■ Mounting method
1 Cut out a panel opening for mounting the KV-D30 at the dimensions shown
on the right.
+0.8
72 0
+0.8
122 0
2 Insert the KV-D30 body into the panel cutout from the front.
・・・
12・・
・8・
・・4
・・・
0
2-5
2-3 Attaching the Body
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
3 Fix the KV-D30 into place using the mounting fixture.
2
INSTALLATION
4 Tighten the screws on the mounting fixture.

(tightening torque 0.2 Nm {2 kgf•cm} max.)
2-6
2-4 Connecting to the KV-10/16/24/40 and the KV-700
KV-700
2-4 Connecting to the KV-10/16/24/40 and the KV-700 KV-10/16/

24/40
This section describes how to connect the KV-D30 to the KV-10/16/24/40 and the KV-
700.
2
■ Connecting to the KV-10/16/24/40
INSTALLATION
When supplying power from the PLC port
Open the connector

cover, and connect the
modular connector.
(The modular connector
can be connected to
either of Modular cable (2.5 m)
communications ports
PORT A or B.)
• Insert the modular cable provided with

the KV-D30 into the communications
port on the rear of the KV-D30.
When supplying power from an external 24 VDC power supply
Open the connector

cover, and connect the
modular connector.
(The modular connector
can be connected to 24 VDC
either of Modular cable (2.5 m or 5 m)
power supply
communications ports
PORT A or B.)
• Insert the modular cable pro-

vided with the KV-D30 into the
communications port on the rear
of the KV-D30. P-V P-C
24V
P-A
GND
P-B
P-E
OUT0
V0 V1
OUT1
C
• Connect the power cable into

the 24V and GND terminals on
the rear of he KV-D30.
[Tip]
The brightness of the LCD screen's backlight increases by connecting a 24 VDC
power supply.
Note: • Be sure to supply power from an external 24 VDC power supply when using
the 5 m modular cable (OP-42143), jog dial (OP-42144) and external output
devices such as operation LED.
• Be sure to supply power from an external 24 VDC power supply when using
the KV-D30 in an environment where the operating temperature exceeds
40°C.
2-7
KV-700
KV-10/16/
KV-10/16/
■ Connecting to the KV-700
24/40 When supplying power from the SERIAL port
2
0 0
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
Open the
INSTALLATION
connector cover,
and connect the
modular connector.
Modular cable (2.5 m)
• Insert the modular cable provided with

the KV-D30 into the communications
port on the rear of the KV-D30.
When supply power from an external 24 VDC power supply
0 0
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
Open the connector

cover, and connect
the modular
connector.
24 VDC
Modular cable (2.5 m or 5 m) power supply
• Insert the modular cable pro-

vided with the KV-D30 into the
communications port on the rear
of the KV-D30.
P-V P-C P-A P-B OUT0 OUT1
• Connect the power cable into 24V GND P-E V0 V1 C
the 24V and GND terminals on

the rear of the KV-D30.
[Tip]
The brightness of the LCD screen's backlight increases by connecting a 24 VDC
power supply.
Note: • Be sure to supply power from an external 24 VDC power supply when using
the 5 m modular cable (OP-42143), jog dial (OP-42144) and external output
devices such as operation LED (OP-35332).
• Be sure to supply power from an external 24 VDC power supply when using
the KV-D30 in an environment where the operating temperature exceeds
40°C.
2-8
KV-700
■ Handling precautions KV-10/16/
• The KV-D30 can be mounted and removed regardless of whether the KV-10/16/ 24/40
24/40 and the KV-700 is ON or OFF.

• The KV-D30 can be connected to either port A or B on the KV-10/16/24/40. Note,
however, that two or more KV-D30s cannot be connected.
2
• When the Programming Console KV-P3E is connected with the KV-D30 con-
INSTALLATION
nected to the KV-10/16/24/40, set the mode selector switch on the KV-P3E to
"PROGRAM". Also, do not leave the KV-D30 for a long time connected to the KV-
P3E.
• Be sure to supply power from an external 24 VDC power supply when using the
5 m modular cable (OP-42143), jog dial (OP-42144) and external output devices
such as operation LED.
• If a switch is pressed when supplying power from a PLC port, the backlight enters
the high-brightness mode. In this mode, the power consumption increases. If the
switch is held down for a long time, this prolongs the state of high power
consumption. In this state, temperature builds up inside the KV-D30 causing
trouble or malfunction.
• Be sure to supply power from an external 24 VDC power supply when using the
KV-D30 in an environment where the operating temperature exceeds 40°C.
• Avoid bundling the modular cable with heavy current lines or output lines, or
passing them nearby such lines. Doing so might cause the KV-D30 to malfunc-
tion.
• Do not apply excessive force on the modular cable.
• Be sure to use the 2.5 m cable provided with the KV-D30 or the specified cable
(OP-42143 (5 m)) as the modular cable. Otherwise, the KV-D30 may malfunction.
• The modular cable cannot be extended.
2-9
2-5 Connecting the Jog Dial
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
An optional jog dial (OP-42144) can be attached to the KV-D30.
2
Attaching and Connecting the Jog Dial
INSTALLATION
The following describes how to attach the jog dial onto the panel and connect it to the
KV-D30.
■ Mounting cautions
• Attach the jog dial so that it is flush against the 1.2 to 3.0 mm
panel.
The jog dial can be mounted on panels 1.2 to 3.0
mm thick.
When mounting on panels thicker than 3.0 mm,
contact your agent.
Panel
• Leave as much space as possible between the jog dial and surrounding
structures or components to ensure optimum accessibility for maintenance and
operation, and ventilation.
• Do not subject the jog dial from heat generated by other equipment.
■ Mounting method
1 Cut out an imbedded installation hole and unit fastening hole in the panel at
the dimensions shown in the figure on the right.
Imbedded installation hole 14±0.2
ø3.0
ø14
Unit fastening hole
2 Insert the shaft on the jog dial into the imbedded installation hole with the unit
fastening stopper aligned with the unit fastening hole from the rear of the
panel.
Imbedded installation hole

Shaft
Panel
Unit fastening hole

Unit fastening stopper
2-10
KV-700
3 Slot the washer (provided) on the shaft, and fasten with the nut. KV-10/16/
24/40
(tightening torque 2.0 Nm {20 kgf•cm} max.)
INSTALLATION
Nut Washer
4 Insert the dial onto the shaft, and fasten the dial with the set screw (provided.)
Set screw
Dial
2-11
KV-700
KV-10/16/
■ Connecting to the KV-D30
24/40 Connect the jog dial to the external terminals on the KV-D30 referring to the wiring
diagram below.
2 Brown P-V (24 VDC)

KV-D30 external terminal block
Blue P-C (0 V)
INSTALLATION
Black P-A (A phase)

White P-E (ENT) P-V P-C P-A P-B OUT0 OUT1
24V GND P-E V0 V1 C
Pink P-B (B phase)
Note: • When using the jog dial, be sure to connect the 24 VDC to the 24V and GND
terminals.
• The cable cannot be extended.
The following shows the relationship between jog dial operations and the setting
operation switches.
Name Function
None
None
(CW)
(CCW)
Press
* When numerical values are changed, the acceleration/deceleration increment

unit changes according to how fast the jog dial is turned.
(slowly: 1 increments, fast: 100 increments)
Note: When operating the jog dial, turn the dial until you feel it click into place. If you
turn the dial and stop it where you do not feel it click into place, the KV-D30
may malfunction when it is started and stopped.
2-12
2-6 Maintenance and Inspection
KV-700
2-6 Maintenance and Inspection KV-10/16/

24/40
This section describes maintenance and inspection performed on the KV-D30.
2
Inspection
INSTALLATION
When the KV-D30 is used for a long time, the modular cable connections or mounting
fixtures sometimes become loose. Continued use of the KV-D30 in this state may
cause KV-D30 trouble.
For this reason, periodically inspect the KV-D30 body and wiring.
Check the following during inspection:
• Is the modular cable connection loose or disconnected.

• Is the KV-D30's mounting fixture loose or disconnected.
• Are the screws on the terminal block loose?
Maintenance
Dirt adheres to the KV-D30 when it is used for a long time.
Clean off any dirt from the KV-D30 using a clean, dry cloth.
Dust and dirt on fine components can be removed with a cotton bud.
・・・
12・・
・8・
・・4
・・・
0
Before performing maintenance and inspection on the unit, be sure to turn the power
CAUTION OFF.
2-13
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
2
INSTALLATION
2-14
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
OUTLINE & OPERATION

OUTLINE & OPERATION
This chapter describes an outline of the KV-D30 and basic opera-
tions.
3-1 About the Main Menu ......................................................... 3-2
3-2 Functions When the KV-10/16/24/40 Is Connected .......... 3-3
3-3 Functions When the KV-700 Is Connected ....................... 3-7
3-4 List of Devices .................................................................. 3-12
3-1
3-1 About the Main Menu
3-1 About the Main Menu

This section describes an overview of the main menu.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
The main menu is the screen that is first displayed when the KV-D30 is connected to
the KV-10/16/24/40 or the KV-700.
3 On the KV-D30, the various setting screens are moved to from the main menu so that
required settings can be made.
OUTLINE & OPERATION
The content of the menus changes when the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-10/16/
24/40 compared with when the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-700 as available
functions differ.
"3-2 Functions When the KV-10/16/24/40 Is Connected" page 3-3
"3-3 Functions When the KV-700 Is Connected" page 3-7
Details of menus when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected
English-language display Japanese-language display

•Operator Mode •オペレータモード
•DM Direct Access •DMダイレクトアクセス
•T/C Direct Access •T/Cダイレクトアクセス
•I/O Monitor •I/Oモニタモード

•Key/LED Comments •スイッチ/ランプコメント
Details of menus when the KV-700 is connected
English-language display Japanese-language display

•Operator Mode •オペレータモード
•CM Direct Access •CMダイレクトアクセス
•Alarm Menu •アラームメニュー

•Memory Card •メモリカード
•View Clock •時計表示
•Key/LED Comments •スイッチ/ランプコメント
3-2
3-2 Functions When the KV-10/16/24/40 Is Connected

This section describes menu details and attribute settings of related devices when the
KV-D30 is connected to the KV-10/16/24/40. KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
Menu Hierarchy
Menu hierarchy when the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-10/16/24/40 3
OUTLINE & OPERATION

Operator mode
Product 1 123 Product 1 123
Defects 1 Defects 1 Product 1 123
Progress 22% Progress 22%
RLY 01400 ON RLY 01400 ON ± 1
Select display/change page. Select change device. Change device values.
DM direct access
【 DM Direct Access】【 DM Direct Access】
DM 1677 120 DM 1677 20
±　　　　　　　1 ±　　　　　　　10
Select changed DM. Change DM value.
Main menu T/C direct access

•Operator Mode 【 T/C Direct Access 】【 T/C Direct Access 】
•DM Direct Access Product Count 120 Product Count 120
•T/C Direct Access PRESET 10000 PRESET 11010
•I/O Monitor ± 1 ± 10
Selected changed T/C. Change T/C value.
I/O Monitor mode

　【 I/O INPUT 】　【 KL INPUT 】
RLY 00000 DM 1600
RLY 00100 DM 1601
RLY 00200 DM 1602
I/O monitor KL monitor
Switch/LED comments
F1: Clear Count LED1: Target Reached
F2: + Speed LED2: Excessive Defects
F3: - Speed LED3: RLY2506
F4: Initialize Speed LED4: RLY2507
Customized switch Customized LED

comment display comment display
3-3
Outline of Individual Menus

This item describes an overview of each of the menus that are displayed on the main
KV-700 menu screen. The following five menus are displayed when the KV-D30 is connected
KV-10/16/ to the KV-10/16/24/40.
24/40
•Operator Mode
•DM Direct Access
3 •I/O Monitor
OUTLINE & OPERATION
•DM Direct Access

•I/O Monitor
•Key/LED Comments
■ Operator mode
This mode enables writing of desired device Nos. to data memory (DM) on the KV-
10/16/24/40 acquired for the KV-D30 so that the specified device can be displayed
on five pages (20 lines). Device comments entered on KV BUILDER or LADDER
BUILRDER for KV Ver1.5 can be displayed when they are transferred to the KV-
10/16/24/40. Setting of these devices allows device comments to be displayed
flexibly.
"Chapter 4 Operator Mode" page 4-1
Flow of operations
•Operator Mode Product 1 123 Product 1 123

•DM Direct Access Defects 1 Defects 1 Product 1 123
•T/C Direct Access Progress 22% Progress 22%
•I/O Monitor RLY 01400 ON RLY 01400 ON ± 1
Main menu Select display/change page. Select change device. Change device values.
■ DM direct access
DM direct access is equivalent to the digital trimmer function on the KV-10/16/24/
40 access window, and enables values of data memories (DM: when the KV-10/16/
24/40 is connected) to be changed directly on the KV-D30.
When the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-10/16/24/40, the values of three DMs
(DM1677, DM1678 and DM1679) can be changed in real time.
"Chapter 5 Direct Access" page 5-1
Flow of operations
•Operator Mode 【 DM Direct Access】【 DM Direct Access】
•DM Direct Access DM 1677 120 DM 1677 20
•I/O Monitor ±　　　　　　　1 ±　　　　　　　10
Main menu Select changed DM. Change DM value.
3-4
■ T/C direct access

Just like DM direct access, the setting values of timers (T) and counters (C) can be
directly changed on the KV-D30.
KV-700
When the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-10/16/24/40, the setting values of three KV-10/16/
timers (T247, T248 and T249) and C counters (C247, C248 and C249) can be 24/40
changed in real time.
3
OUTLINE & OPERATION

Flow of operations
Main menu Selected changed T/C. Change T/C value.
■ I/O monitor mode

I/O, QL, and KL states can be monitored simultaneously on three channels.
"Chapter 6 I/O Monitor Mode" page 6-1
Flow of operations
•Operator Mode 　【 I/O INPUT 】　【 KL INPUT 】

•DM Direct Access RLY 00000 DM 1600
•T/C Direct Access RLY 00100 DM 1601
•I/O Monitor RLY 00200 DM 1602
I/O monitor KL monitor
■ Switch/LED comments
This function is for displaying the comments of the special auxiliary relays 2500 to
2507 assigned to KV-D30 customized LEDs (LED1 to LED4) and customized
switches (F1 to F4). When comments are not registered, the device type and No.
are displayed.
"Chapter 9 Switch/LED Comments" page 9-1
Flow of operations
•DM Direct Access F1: Clear Count LED1: Target Reached

•T/C Direct Access F2: + Speed LED2: Excessive Defects
•I/O Monitor F3: - Speed LED3: RLY2506
•Key/LED Comments F4: Initialize Speed LED4: RLY2507
Main menu Customized switch Customized LED

3-5
Other Functions
The KV-D30 has several other functions in addition to those available on menus.
KV-700
This item describes each of the functions that are available when the KV-D30 is
KV-10/16/
connected to the KV-10/16/24/40.
24/40
User message function

3
This function is equivalent to the user message function for the KV-10/16/24/40 access
window. On the KV-D30, comments can be displayed in addition to numerical value
OUTLINE & OPERATION
display that is possible on the KV-10/16/24/40.

"User Message Functions" page 10-4
System message convention change function

This function is for changing the message display language between English and
Japanese.
"System Message Convention Change Function" page 10-7
Buzzer/external output function

The KV-D30 has a buzzer function for notifying the operator of an alarm, etc. by a
buzzer. This function can be interlocked with operation of an external signal tower.
"Buzzer/External Output Function" page 10-8
Backlight change function

On the KV-D30, the color and display format of the screen display backlight can be set.
"Backlight Change Function" page 10-9
Key lock function

Use this function to lock display screens.
"Key Lock Function" page 10-10
Display screen hold function

This function is for holding the previous screen before the power was turned OFF when
the KV-D30 is turned OFF and then back ON again.
"Display Screen Hold Function" page 10-10
Display screen setting function

This function is for limiting migration to other screens.
"Display Screen Setting Function" page 10-10
3-6
3-3 Functions When the KV-700 Is Connected

This section describes menu details and attribute settings of related devices when the
KV-D30 is connected to the KV-700. KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
Menu Hierarchy
Menu hierarchy when the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-700 3
Operator mode
OUTLINE & OPERATION

Defects 1 Defects 1 Product 1 123
RLY 01400 ON RLY 01400 ON ± 1
Select display/change page. Select change device. Change device values.
CM direct access
【 CM Direct Access】【 CM Direct Access】
CM 1677 120 CM 1677 20
±　　　　　　　1 ±　　　　　　　10
Select changed CM. Change CM value.
T/C direct access
【 T/C Direct Access 】【 T/C Direct Access 】
Product Count 120 Product Count 120
PRESET 10000 PRESET 11010
± 1 ± 10
Selected changed T/C. Change T/C value.
Alarm menu
【 Alarm Monitor 】
　　　　　　　　 01/05
Out materials. Fill!
Main menu Monitor for alarm relay

•Operator Mode 【 ALARM MENU 】【Alarm Record】 01/05
•CM Direct Access •Alarm Monitor 2000/08/28 19:02:02OFF
•T/C Direct Access •Alarm Record Out materials. Fill!
•Alarm Menu •Alarm Record Clear
Alarm menu display Display of alarm record
【 Alarm Record Clear 】
•Clear: [ENTER]
•Stop: [M]
Clear alarm record
Memory card
Load
Load OK?
KVSAVE00〈 D 〉
Load Ladder Program

【 MEMORY CARD 】 .　　　〈D〉
•Load Ladder Program . .　　　〈 D 〉
•File List KVSAVE00.ZCD
•View Free Space KVSAVE01.ZCT
Memory Card File List

Free Space
menu display
　　 1004477KByte
View Free Space

View Clock
2000/03/18 Wed
08:56:10
Time display
Switch/LED comments
F3: - Speed LED3: CR3706
F4: Initialize Speed LED4: CR3707
Customized switch Customized LED
3-7
Outline of Individual Menus

This item describes an overview of each of the menus that are displayed on the main
KV-700 menu screen. The following seven menus are displayed when the KV-D30 is con-
KV-10/16/ nected to the KV-700.
24/40
•Operator Mode
•CM Direct Access
3 •Alarm Menu
OUTLINE & OPERATION
•Alarm Menu
•Memory Card
•View Clock
•Key/LED Comments
■ Operator mode
This mode enables writing of desired device Nos. to control memory (CM) on the
KV-700 acquired for the KV-D30 so that the specified device can be displayed on
20 pages (80 lines). Device comments entered on KV BUILDER can be displayed
when they are transferred to the KV-700.
Setting of these devices allows device comments to be displayed flexibly.
"Chapter 4 Operator Mode" page 4-1
Flow of operations

•Alarm Menu RLY 01400 ON RLY 01400 ON ± 1
■ CM direct access
CM direct access is equivalent to the digital trimmer function on the KV-700 access
window, and enables values of control memories to be changed directly on the KV-
D30.
When the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-700, the values of three CMs (CM0410,
CM0412 and CM0414) can be changed in real time.
Flow of operations
•Operator Mode 【CM Direct Access】【CM Direct Access】

•CM Direct Access CM 412 120 CM 412 20
•Alarm Menu ± 1 ± 10
Main menu Select changed CM. Change CM value.
3-8

Just like CM direct access, the setting values of timers (T) and counters (C) can be
directly changed on the KV-D30.
KV-700
When the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-700, the setting values of three timers KV-10/16/
(T500, T501 and T502) and three counters (C500, C501 and C502) can be changed 24/40
in real time.
3
OUTLINE & OPERATION

Flow of operations

•CM Direct Access Product Count 120 Product Count 120
■ Alarm menu
This function allows you to check the alarm states on the KV-700. This menu
contains the "Alarm Monitor function" that allows you to monitor control relays (CR)
for alarms, the "Alarm Record function" that allows you to check the ON/OFF history
of control relays (CR) for internal alarms on the KV-700, and the "Alarm Record
Clear function" that allows you to clear the alarm history.
"Chapter 7 Alarm Functions" page 7-1
Flow of operations
【 Alarm Monitor 】
　　　　　　　　 01/05
Monitor for alarm relay

•Operator Mode 【 ALARM MENU 】【Alarm Record】01/05
•CM Direct Access •Alarm Monitor 2000/08/28 19:02:02OFF
•T/C Direct Access •Alarm Record Out materials. Fill!
Main menu Alarm menu display Display of alarm record
【Alarm Record Clear】
•Clear: [ENTER]
•Stop: [M]
Clear alarm record
■ Memory Card access

This functions allows you to access the Memory Card inserted in the KV-700 from
the KV-D30. It also allows you to load ladder program data, display a list of files, and
display free space on Memory Card from the KV-D30.
"Chapter 8 Memory Card Function and Clock Display Function" page 8-1
Flow of operations
Load
Load OK?
KVSAVE00〈 D 〉
Load ladder program

•Alarm Menu 【 MEMORY CARD 】 .　　　〈D〉
•Memory Card •Load Ladder Program . .　　　〈 D 〉
•View Clock •File List KVSAVE00.ZCD
•Key/LED Comments •View Free Space KVSAVE01.ZCT
Main menu Memory Card Display a list of files

menu display Free Space
　　 1004477KByte
Display free space
3-9
■ Clock display
The time according to the KV-700's internal clock can be displayed on the KV-D30.
KV-700 "Chapter 8 Memory Card Function and Clock Display Function" page 8-1
KV-10/16/
24/40
Flow of operations
3 •Alarm Menu
•Memory Card
•View Clock
•Key/LED Comments
2000/03/18 Wed
08:56:10
Main menu Time display
OUTLINE & OPERATION
■ Switch/LED comments
This function is for displaying the comments of the control relays CR3700 to
CR3707 assigned to the KV-D30 customized LEDs (LED1 to LED4) and custom-
ized switches (F1 to F4).
When comments are not registered the device type and No. are displayed.
"Chapter 9 Switch/LED Comments" page 9-1
Flow of operations
•Alarm Menu F1: Clear Count LED1: Target Reached
•Memory Card F2: + Speed LED2: Excessive Defects
•View Clock F3: - Speed LED3: RLY2506

Other Functions
The KV-D30 has several other functions in addition to those available on menus.
This item describes each of the functions that are available when the KV-D30 is
connected to the KV-700.
Unit Monitor function

The setting status of the expansion units (A/D Conversion Unit, Multi-communications
Unit, etc.) and the ON/OFF status of relays/control relays connected to the KV-700 can
be monitored.
"Unit Monitor Function" page 10-14

This function is equivalent to the user message function for the KV-700 access window.
It allows you to display 2-byte comments on the KV-D30 in addition to 1-byte comments
which is possible on the KV-700.
"User Message Function" page 10-14

Japanese.
"System Message Convention Change Function" page 10-18
3-10
Buzzer function
buzzer
KV-700
"Buzzer Function" page 10-19 KV-10/16/
24/40
External output function

Signal towers and other devices can be operated by using KV-D30's output terminals.
3
"External Output Function" page 10-20
OUTLINE & OPERATION

"Backlight Change Function" page 10-21
Page switching function

On the KV-D30, you can set page switching in the operator mode in the ladder program.
"Page Switching Function" page 10-22
Current page No. storage function

This functions allows you store the page No. currently displayed in the KV-D30's
operator mode to control memory.
"Current Page No. Storage Function" page 10-24
Page scroll inhibit function

This function allows you to inhibit page switching in the KV-D30's operator mode.
"Page Scroll Inhibit Function" page 10-25
Key lock function

"Key Lock Function" page 10-26

"Display Screen Hold Function" page 10-26

3-11
3-4 List of Devices
3-4 List of Devices

This is a list of attribute settings and assignments of devices related to the KV-D30. The
KV-700 content of these devices differs when the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-10/16/24/40
KV-10/16/ from when the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-700.
24/40
3 Devices When the KV-10/16/24/40 Is Connected

The assignments and attribute settings when the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-10/
16/24/40 are as follows.
OUTLINE & OPERATION
■ Device assignments
Special auxiliary relays

Relay No. Function
2500 Customized switch 1, This relay turns ON by pressing F1 key.
2504 Customized LED 1, LED1 lights by this relay turning ON.
2508 Green backlight lights by this relay The backlight is orange by both relays
turning ON. turning ON.
2509 Red backlight lights by this relay The backlight is green when both re-
turning ON. lays are OFF.
2510 System message display language, OFF: English, ON: Japanese
Default is English.
2511 Buzzer and external output OUT0/1 ON/OFF
OUT0 turns ON (NO) by this relay turning ON, OUT1 turns OFF (NC) by
this relay turning ON, and the buzzer sounds.
2512 Change screen display format, OFF: Negative display, ON: Positive display
2513 KV-D30 reset setting
This relay automatically turns ON when the KV-D30 is started up to reset
the KV-D30. When the reset is completed, this relay automatically turns
OFF.
2515 User message display , ON: Display, OFF: Hide
[Tip]
When the KV-D30 is reset by special auxiliary relay 2513, set 2513 by a single scan
as shown in the ladder on the right. This setting is automatically turned OFF after
a reset.
XXXX 1000 1000 2513
DIFU SET
XXXX: condition
3-12
3-4 List of Devices
Data Memory (DM)

DM No. Function
DM1580 to DM1599 For display device setting (page 0 to 4) KV-700
DM1676 For setting screen migration enabled/disabled KV-10/16/

24/40
DM1677 For setting DM direct access
DM1678 For setting DM direct access
DM1679 For setting DM direct access 3
DM1680 to DM1699 For setting display device attribute 1 (page 0 to 4)
OUTLINE & OPERATION

DM1780 to DM1799 For setting display device attribute 2 (page 0 to 4)
DM1950 For setting user message display device
Timers/Counters (T/C)
T/C No. Function
T/C247 For setting T/C direct access
■ Display device settings
Types of display devices

Instruction Operand DM1580 to DM1599 Setting Device No. + Extra
Timer (regular display) T000 to 249 20000 to 20249 Timer No. + 20000
Timer (box display) 25000 to 25249 Timer No. + 25000
Counter (regular display) C000 to 249 21000 to 21249 Counter No. + 21000
Counter (box display) 26000 to 26249 Counter No. + 26000
High-speed counter comparator CTC0 to 3 22000 to 22003 CTC No. + 22000
High-speed counter CTH0 to 1 23000 to 23001 CTH No. + 23000
Temporary data memory TM00 to 31 24000 to 24031 TM No. + 24000
Data memory DM0000 to 1999 30000 to 31999 DM No. + 30000
Relay 00000 to 17915 40000 to 57915 Relay No. + 40000
[Tip]
The Nos. of devices to be displayed can be calculated by the "Device No + Extra"
formula in the above table. For example, to set relay 10315 to DM1589 (page 2, 2nd
line), set as follows to DM1589 according to "Device No + Extra" formula:
10315 + 40000 = 50315
This operation displays the setting of relay 10315 to page 2, 2nd line on the KV-D30.
3-13
3-4 List of Devices
■ Setting display device attributes
Attribute setting 1
KV-700
KV-10/16/ $ No. Function 0 (default) 1

24/40
Bit0-3 Decimal point position Decimal point dis- Position specifiable
play OFF 0 to 15(F)
3 Bit4-7 Number of blank spaces at

right end of numerical value
Shift right Number of blank
spaces specifiable
display 0 to 15(F)
OUTLINE & OPERATION
Bit8 Numerical value display Comment + Comment only

setting number
Bit9 Sign setting Unsigned Signed
Bit10 Number of bits 16 32
Bit11 Radix specification Decimal Hex
Bit12 Setting value display setting ON OFF
Bit13 Zero suppress setting ON OFF
Bit14 Setting value rewrite enabled/ Enabled Disabled
disabled
Bit15 Value (current value) rewrite Enabled Disabled
enabled/disabled
Attribute setting 2
0 0 0 No. Function 0 (default) 1
Bit0 2X character display OFF ON
Fixed
Bit2 7-segment numerical value display OFF ON
* Set bits 3 and above to OFF.
Attributes are assigned to each bit, and are set in $ (Hex).

For 4-digit numbers in $, four bits are set as one digit, and the bits of each digit are
assigned to values of 1, 2, 4, and 8, respectively.
The value of each digit is determined by adding the value of each ON bit.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Hex $
3-14
3-4 List of Devices
■ Relationship between DM No. and page and line No. on the KV-D30
Page No. Line No. Display Device Attribute 1 Attribute 2
1 DM1580 DM1680 DM1780 KV-700
2 DM1581 DM1681 DM1781 KV-10/16/

0 24/40
3 DM1582 DM1682 DM1782
4 DM1583 DM1683 DM1783
1 DM1584 DM1684 DM1784 3
2 DM1585 DM1685 DM1785
OUTLINE & OPERATION

1
3 DM1586 DM1686 DM1786
4 DM1587 DM1687 DM1787
1 DM1588 DM1688 DM1788
2 DM1589 DM1689 DM1789
2
3 DM1590 DM1690 DM1790
4 DM1591 DM1691 DM1791
1 DM1592 DM1692 DM1792
2 DM1593 DM1693 DM1793
3
3 DM1594 DM1694 DM1794
4 DM1595 DM1695 DM1795
1 DM1596 DM1696 DM1796
2 DM1597 DM1697 DM1797
4
3 DM1598 DM1698 DM1798
4 DM1599 DM1699 DM1799
3-15
3-4 List of Devices
Devices When the KV-700 Is Connected

The assignments and attribute settings when the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-700
KV-700 are as follows.
KV-10/16/
24/40
■ Device assignments
3 Control Relays (CR)

CM No. Function
OUTLINE & OPERATION
CR3700 Customized switch 1, This relay turns ON by pressing F1 key.

CR3704 Customized LED 1, LED1 lights by this relay turning ON.
CR3708 Green backlight lights by this relay The backlight is orange by both relays
turning ON. turning ON.
CR3709 Red backlight lights by this relay The backlight is green when both re-
turning ON. lays are OFF.
CR3710 System message display language, OFF: English, ON: Japanese
Default is English.
CR3711 Buzzer ON/OFF Buzzer sounds when ON.
CR3712 Change to LCD display format OFF: Inverted display, ON: Regular dis-
play
CR3713 Alarm interrupt setting OFF: Disabled, ON: Enabled
When this setting is enabled, the display screen automatically switches to
the alarm monitor screen.
CR3714 Page switching setting
At the rising edge of the relay, the page having the value of CM0401 is
switched to. When switching is completed, this control relay automatically
turns OFF.
CR3715 Page scroll inhibit setting
When this is ON, switching of pages by the / keys in the operator
mode is inhibited.
CR3800 When ON, external output OUT0 is ON.
CR3801 When ON, external output OUT1 is ON.
CR2900 User message 1 display ON: Display, OFF: Hide
CR2901 User message 2 display ON: Display, OFF: Hide
3-16
3-4 List of Devices
Control Memory (CM)

CM No. Function
CM0000 to CM0199 For setting display device in operator mode (page 0 to page 19) KV-700
CM0200 to CM0399 For setting display attribute in operator mode (page 0 to page 19) KV-10/16/
24/40
CM0400 For setting screen migration enable/inhibit
CM0401 For setting page switching
CM0402 For storing current mode/page No. 3
CM0410, CM0411 For setting CM direct access
OUTLINE & OPERATION

CM1702 For setting user message display temporary data memory No.
CM1721 to CM1737 For setting user message 2 display text
Timers/Counters (T/C)
T/C No. Function
■ Display device settings
Types of display device and offsets, and device Nos. of each device
Device type Offset Device No.
Relay (RLY) 1 00000 to 59915
Control relay (CR) 2 0000 to 3915
Data memory (DM) 3 00000 to 19999/39999 (expanded
memory OFF/ON)
Control memory (CM) 4 0000 to 3999
Temporary data memory (TM) 5 000 to 511
Timer (T) 6 000 to 511
Counter (C) 8 000 to 511
High-speed counter (CTH) 10 0 to 1
High-speed counter comparator (CTC) 11 0 to 3
[Tip]
The numbers of devices to be displayed on CM0000 to CM0199 to is set using the
above conversion table. Use the CM for registration in 32 bits (2 CMs in a pair). Add
a value (from here on called an "offset") specified to each device to the 100,000
digit. Add the device No. to be displayed to the offset and add it to CM0000 to
CM0199.
100000 10000 1000 100 10 1
Use 2-word instructions (LDA.D/STA.D,
DW.D, MOV.D, etc.) for setting the display
device.
"KV-700 Instruction Reference Manual" Offset Device No.
3-17
3-4 List of Devices
■ Setting display device attributes
Attribute setting 1
KV-700
KV-10/16/ $ No. Function 0 (default) 1

24/40
play OFF 0 to 15(F)
3 Bit4-7 Number of blank spaces at

right end of numerical value
Shift right Number of blank
spaces specifiable
display 0 to 15(F)
OUTLINE & OPERATION

setting number
disabled
enabled/disabled
Attribute setting 2
Fixed
Template 1 (CM 8)
No. Function 0 (default) 1

Bit0-3 Number of blank spaces at right end of Shift right Number of
numerical value display blank spaces
specifiable
0 to 15(F)
Bit4 Number of blank spaces of device on 1st line Specified con- Specified
tent is not re- content is
Bit5 Number of blank spaces of device on 2nd line
flected in Bits 0 reflected in
Bit6 Number of blank spaces of device on 3rd line to 3. Bits 0 to 3.
Bit7 Number of blank spaces of device on 4th line
Bit8 Display of numerical value on 1st line ON OFF
Bit9 Display of numerical value on 2nd line ON OFF
Bit10 Display of numerical value on 3rd line ON OFF
Bit11 Display of numerical value on 4th line ON OFF
Bit12 Display numerical value offset on 1st line as OFF ON
7-segment
Bit13 Display numerical value offset on 2nd line as OFF ON
7-segment
Bit14 Display numerical value offset on 3rd line as OFF ON
7-segment
Bit15 Display numerical value offset on 4th line as OFF ON
7-segment
3-18
3-4 List of Devices
Template 2 (CM 9)
Bit0 Font size of 1st line 1X size 2X size KV-700
Bit1 Font size of 2nd line 1X size 2X size KV-10/16/

24/40
Bit2 Font size of 3rd line 1X size 2X size
Bit3 Font size of 4th line 1X size 2X size
Bit4 Font size of 1st line 1X size 4X size 3
Bit5 Font size of 2nd line 1X size 4X size
OUTLINE & OPERATION

Bit8 For setting clock display "0" "1" "0" "1"
position :Top :Bottom :Top :Bottom
Bit9 left left right right
"0" "1" "0" "1"
Bit10 Addition of clock display Disabled Enabled
Bit11 Key guide display Disabled Enabled
Bit12 Timer/counter box display Disabled Enabled
Bit13 Reserved for system — —
Bit15 Template function No used Used

Attribute 2 Attribute 1
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Hex 0 0 0
Template 2 Template 1
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Hex
Use 2-word instructions (LDA.D/STA.D, DW.D, MOV.D, etc.) for setting the display
device attributes.
"KV-700 Instruction Reference Manual"
3-19
3-4 List of Devices
■ Relationship between CM No. and page and line No. on the KV-D30
Page No. Line No. Display Device Attribute setting 1 Attribute setting 2 Template 1 Template 2
KV-700 1 CM0000, CM0001 CM0200 CM0201
KV-10/16/ 2 CM0002, CM0003 CM0202 CM0203
24/40
0 CM0208 CM0209
3 CM0004, CM0005 CM0204 CM0205
4 CM0006, CM0007 CM0206 CM0207
3 1
2
CM0010, CM0011
CM0012, CM0013
CM0210
CM0212
CM0211
CM0213
1 CM0218 CM0219
3 CM0014, CM0015 CM0214 CM0215
OUTLINE & OPERATION
4 CM0016, CM0017 CM0216 CM0217

1 CM0020, CM0021 CM0220 CM0221
2 CM0022, CM0023 CM0222 CM0223
2 CM0228 CM0229
3 CM0024, CM0025 CM0224 CM0225
4 CM0026, CM0027 CM0226 CM0227
1 CM0030, CM0031 CM0230 CM0231
2 CM0032, CM0033 CM0232 CM0233
3 CM0238 CM0239
3 CM0034, CM0035 CM0234 CM0235
4 CM0036, CM0037 CM0236 CM0237
1 CM0040, CM0041 CM0240 CM0241
2 CM0042, CM0043 CM0242 CM0243
4 CM0248 CM0249
3 CM0044, CM0045 CM0244 CM0245
4 CM0046, CM0047 CM0246 CM0247
1 CM0050, CM0051 CM0250 CM0251
2 CM0052, CM0053 CM0252 CM0253
5 CM0258 CM0259
3 CM0054, CM0055 CM0254 CM0255
4 CM0056, CM0057 CM0256 CM0257
1 CM0060, CM0061 CM0260 CM0261
2 CM0062, CM0063 CM0262 CM0263
6 CM0268 CM0269
3 CM0064, CM0065 CM0264 CM0265
4 CM0066, CM0067 CM0266 CM0267
1 CM0070, CM0071 CM0270 CM0271
2 CM0072, CM0073 CM0272 CM0273
7 CM0278 CM0279
3 CM0074, CM0075 CM0274 CM0275
4 CM0076, CM0077 CM0276 CM0277
1 CM0080, CM0081 CM0280 CM0281
2 CM0082, CM0083 CM0282 CM0283
8 CM0288 CM0289
3 CM0084, CM0085 CM0284 CM0285
4 CM0086, CM0087 CM0286 CM0287
1 CM0090, CM0091 CM0290 CM0291
2 CM0092, CM0093 CM0292 CM0293
9 CM0298 CM0299
3 CM0094, CM0095 CM0294 CM0295
4 CM0096, CM0097 CM0296 CM0297
1 CM0100, CM0101 CM0300 CM0301
2 CM0102, CM0103 CM0302 CM0303
10 CM0308 CM0309
3 CM0104, CM0105 CM0304 CM0305
4 CM0106, CM0107 CM0306 CM0307
3-20
3-4 List of Devices
Page No. Line No. Display Device Attribute setting 1 Attribute setting 2 Template 1 Template 2
1 CM0110, CM0111 CM0310 CM0311
2 CM0112, CM0113 CM0312 CM0313 KV-700
11 CM0318 CM0319
3 CM0114, CM0115 CM0314 CM0315 KV-10/16/
CM0316 CM0317 24/40
4 CM0116, CM0117
1 CM0120, CM0121 CM0320 CM0321
12
2
3
CM0122, CM0123
CM0124, CM0125
CM0322
CM0324
CM0323
CM0325
CM0328 CM0329 3
4 CM0126, CM0127 CM0326 CM0327
OUTLINE & OPERATION

1 CM0130, CM0131 CM0330 CM0331
2 CM0132, CM0133 CM0332 CM0333
13 CM0338 CM0339
3 CM0134, CM0135 CM0334 CM0335
4 CM0136, CM0137 CM0336 CM0337
1 CM0140, CM0141 CM0340 CM0341
2 CM0142, CM0143 CM0342 CM0343
14 CM0348 CM0349
3 CM0144, CM0145 CM0344 CM0345
4 CM0146, CM0147 CM0346 CM0347
1 CM0150, CM0151 CM0350 CM0351
2 CM0152, CM0153 CM0352 CM0353
15 CM0358 CM0359
3 CM0154, CM0155 CM0354 CM0355
4 CM0156, CM0157 CM0356 CM0357
1 CM0160, CM0161 CM0360 CM0361
2 CM0162, CM0163 CM0362 CM0363
16 CM0368 CM0369
3 CM0164, CM0165 CM0364 CM0365
4 CM0166, CM0167 CM0366 CM0367
1 CM0170, CM0171 CM0370 CM0371
2 CM0172, CM0173 CM0372 CM0373
17 CM0378 CM0379
3 CM0174, CM0175 CM0374 CM0375
4 CM0176, CM0177 CM0376 CM0377
1 CM0180, CM0181 CM0380 CM0381
2 CM0182, CM0183 CM0382 CM0383
18 CM0388 CM0389
3 CM0184, CM0185 CM0384 CM0385
4 CM0186, CM0187 CM0386 CM0387
1 CM0190, CM0191 CM0390 CM0391
2 CM0192, CM0193 CM0392 CM0393
19 CM0398 CM0399
3 CM0194, CM0195 CM0394 CM0395
4 CM0196, CM0197 CM0396 CM0397
3-21
3-4 List of Devices
[Tip]
The following shows the relationship between each page, line No. and CM No.
when setting display devices.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
0
3 Fixed Page No. Line No. 1st line → 0, 1

(00 to 19) 2nd line → 2, 3
3rd line → 4, 5
OUTLINE & OPERATION
4th line → 6, 7
when setting display device attributes 1 and 2.
Fixed Page No.+20 Line No. 1st line → 0, 1

(20 to 39) 2nd line → 2, 3
3rd line → 4, 5
4th line → 6, 7
when setting templates 1 and 2.
Fixed Page No.+20 Template 1 → 8

(20 to 39) Template 2 → 9
Use 2-word instructions (LDA.D/STA.D, DW.D, MOV.D, etc.) for setting

these.
■ Control relays for alarms

Control Relay No. Function OFF (default) ON
CR3300 to CR3415 For alarm relays 1 to 32 Alarm OFF Alarm ON
CR3500 Alarm operation in progress relay No alarms One alarm is
are ON. ON.
CR3501 Display record at alarm relay Display OFF Display ON
ON→OFF
CR3713 Alarm interrupt enable relay Inhibited Enabled
3-22
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
OPERATOR MODE
OPERATOR MODE
This chapter describes operational procedures in the Operator mode.
4-1 About the Operator Mode ..................................................4-2
4-2 Screen Operations .............................................................. 4-3

(when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected) ...........................4-8

(when the KV-700 is connected) ...................................... 4-27
4-5 About Templates (when the KV-700 is connected) ....... 4-48
4-1
4-1 About the Operator Mode
4-1 About the Operator Mode

This section describes an overview of the Operator mode.
■ What is the "Operator Mode?"

KV-700
KV-700 This mode enables writing of desired device Nos. to data memory (DM: when the
KV-10/16/
KV-10/16/
KV-10/16/24/40 is connected) or control memory (CM: when the KV-700 is
24/40
24/40 connected) on the KV-10/16/24/40 or the KV-700 acquired for the KV-D30 so that
the specified device can be displayed on five pages (20 lines: when the KV-10/16/
24/40 is connected) or 20 pages (80 lines: when the KV-700 is connected). The
4 values of displayed devices can also be changed, and entered device comments
can be displayed when they are transferred to the KV-10/16/24/40 or the KV-700.
Setting of these devices allows device comments to be displayed flexibly.
OPERATOR MODE
Flow of operations when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected

•I/O Monitor RLY 01400 ON RLY 01400 ON ± 1
Flow of operations when the KV-700 is connected

•CM Direct Access Defects 1 Defects 1 Product 1 123
•Alarm Menu RLY 01400 ON RLY 01400 ON ± 1
■ Differences between functions when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected and the

KV-700 is connected
The differences between functions when the KV-10/16/24/40 and when the KV-700
are connected to the KV-D30 are as follows.
Function When the KV-10/16/24/40 When the KV-700 is
is connected connected
Number of displayable Five pages (20 lines) 20 pages (80 lines)
pages
2X display
4X display
7-segment
numerical value display
Key guide display X
Clock display X
Timer/counter box display
4-2
4-2 Screen Operations

The following describes how to operate the screens in the Operator mode.
Flow of Operations
KV-700
The flow of operations in the Operator mode is as follows:
KV-10/16/
24/40
Step 1
Select Operator mode.
Select "Operator Mode" on the main menu. The
screen moves to the Operator mode monitor state.
4
Step 2
OPERATOR MODE
Determine page for changing display/value.
Check the display details in the monitor state
screen. When changing values, determine the page
whose value is to be changed. The screen moves
When changing to the change device selection state.
values
Step 3
Determine device for performing change.
In the change device selection state screen,
determine the device whose value is to be changed.
The screen moves to the device value change
state.
Step 4
Change and apply device values.
In the device value change state screen, change
the numerical value, and apply the value. The
When continuing changes screen returns to the monitor state of the page
to values whose value was changed.
To continue changing values, repeat steps 2 to 4.
When quitting
the operator mode
Return to main menu screen. Step 5

To exit the Operator mode and return to the main
menu, press the key. The main menu screen
can be returned to from any state screen.
4-3
Screen Hierarchy when the KV-10/16/24/40 is Connected

The following shows the flow of screens displayed in the Operator mode when the KV-10/16/24/
40 is connected.
•Operator Mode
•DM Direct Access
KV-700 •T/C Direct Access
•I/O Monitor
KV-10/16/
24/40
Main menu
4
OPERATOR MODE

Defects 1 Defects 1
RLY 01400 ON RLY 01400 ON
Product remaining 123 Product 1 123

Produced 1062 Defects 1
Progress 22% or
RLY 01400 ON
x 1 second
x 1 second
*2 *3
*1
Feed Rate
Product 1 123
Defects 1
　　 Progress 22%
　　　　　2.00 mm/min RLY 01400 ON
Material remaining: 4.53 kg Product 1

Defects
123
1
Comsumed: 2.96 kg Progress 22%
Supply %: 71% RLY 01400 ON
• Select the device to change

Visitors Rem. Time by the / keys.
1234 　
1234
600 • Blinks only at the line on
8000 which changeable devices is
currently displayed.
• Select the page by the
/ keys.
• Max. five pages
Change device selected state
Monitor state
During cancel
[Tip]
• F1 to F4 customized switches and LED1 to LED4 customized LEDs are enabled in all
states.
• To lock the display screen, hold down the key together with the ( ) key for three
seconds. This sets/cancels the lock setting.
4-4
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
OPERATOR MODE
± 1 ± 10
x 1 second
*4
± 10 ± 10
Product 1 113
Defects 1
Progress 20%
RLY 01400 ON
Monitor state
± 10000 ± 10
• Select increment (decrement) by the key.

• Increment numerical values by the / keys.
• Digits are rounded up.
Device value change state
During cancel
*1: Determine the page whose values are to be changed, and move to the change device selection state. (Line blinks.)
*2: On lines on which changing of numerical values is inhibited at the display device attribute setting, blinking is skipped. When
changing of all lines is inhibited, no lines blink.
"Setting Display Device Attributes" page 4-13
*3: The device value change state is moved to, and only the selected device is displayed.
*4: Apply the newly changed value. Then, the monitor state of the page whose values were changed is automatically moved to.
4-5
Screen Hierarchy when the KV-700 is Connected

The following shows the flow of screens displayed in the Operator mode when the KV-700 is
connected.
•Operator Mode
•CM Direct Access
KV-700 •Alarm Menu
KV-10/16/
24/40
Main menu
4
OPERATOR MODE

Defects 1 Defects 1
RLY 01400 ON RLY 01400 ON
Today's delivery 2516 Product 1 123

　 PRESET 8500 Defects 1
Progress 22% or
RUN STOP TOTAL MAINT RLY 01400 ON
x 1 second
x 1 second
*2 *3
*1
Feed Rate
Product 1 123
Defects 1
　　 Progress 22%
　　　　　2.00 mm/min RLY 01400 ON
Product 1 123
Defects 1
Progress 22%
RLY 01400 ON
• Select the device to change

Visitors Rem. Time by the / keys.
1234 0600 • Blinks only at the line on
which changeable devices is
1234 8000
currently displayed.
• Select the page by the
/ keys.
• Max. 20 pages
Change device selected state
Monitor state
During cancel
[Tip]
• F1 to F4 customized switches and LED1 to LED4 customized LEDs are enabled in all
states.
• To lock the display screen, hold down the key together with the ( ) key for three
seconds. This sets/cancels the lock setting.
• To disable page switching by the ( ) keys, turn CR3715 ON to use the page scroll inhibit
function.
"Page Scroll Inhibit Function" page 10-25
4-6
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
OPERATOR MODE
± 1 ± 10
x 1 second
*4
± 10 ± 10
Product 1 113
Defects 1
Progress 20%
RLY 01400 ON
Monitor state
± 10000 ± 10
• Select increment (decrement) by the key.

• Increment numerical values by the / keys.
Device value change state
During cancel
*1: Determine the page whose values are to be changed, and move to the change device selection state. (Line blinks.)
*2: On lines on which changing of numerical values is inhibited at the display device attribute setting, blinking is skipped. When
changing of all lines is inhibited, no lines blink.
*3: The device value change state is moved to, and only the selected device is displayed.
*4: Apply the newly changed value. Then, the monitor state of the page whose values were changed is automatically moved to.
4-7
4-3 Creating Screens for the Operator Mode (when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected)

(when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected)
This section describes how to create screens that are displayed in the Operator mode
when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
Work Flow
The flow of work for creating a screen for the Operator mode is as follows:
4 Create ladder program.

Step 1
Create a ladder program in KV BUILDER or LADDER
BUILDER for KV Ver 1.5 ladder support software.
OPERATOR MODE
Step 2
Transfer program. Transfer the ladder program you have made to the KV-10/
16/24/40.
Step 3
Connect KV-D30.
Connect the KV-D30 to KV-10/16/24/40.
Step 4
Select Operator mode. Select "Operator Mode" on the KV-D30's main menu.
The screen created above is displayed on the KV-D30's
LCD screen.
Use the following ladder support software to create ladder programs:

• LADDER BUILDER for KV Ver.1.5
• KV BUILDER
Ladder programs created on the above program cannot used on KV IncrediWare (Dos)
or LADDER BUILDER for KV Ver.1.0.
This manual describes only operations relating to the KV-D30. For details on ladder
support software, refer to the following manuals:
"KV BUILDER User's Manual"
"Visual KV Series User’s Manual [2]"
4-8
Setting Display Devices

Set the No. of the device you want to display using the following conversion table to DM1580 (page 0, 1st
line) to DM1599 (page 4, 4th line)

Instruction Operand DM1580 to DM1599 Setting Device No. + Extra KV-700
KV-10/16/
Timer (regular display) T000 to 249 20000 to 20249 Timer No. + 20000
24/40
Timer (box display) 25000 to 25249 Timer No. + 25000
Counter (regular display) C000 to 249 21000 to 21249 Counter No. + 21000
Counter (box display) 26000 to 26249 Counter No. + 26000
4
High-speed counter comparator CTC0 to 3 22000 to 22003 CTC No. + 22000
OPERATOR MODE
Temporary data memory TM00 to 31 24000 to 24031 TM No. + 24000
[Tip]
The Nos. of devices to be displayed can be calculated by the "Device No + Extra" formula in the above
table. For example, to set relay 10315 to DM1589 (page 2, 2nd line), set as follows to DM1589 according
to "Device No + Extra" formula:
10315 + 40000 = 50315
This operation displays the setting of relay 10315 to page 2, 2nd line on the KV-D30.
Note: • When nothing is set to DM1580 to DM1599 with the screen in a monitor state, the message "No
Display Device is Specified" is displayed.
• When a value (e.g. #20500) that can be set above has been set to DM1580 to DM1599 with
the screen in a monitor state, the message "- Out Of Range -" is displayed.
The device specified to DM1580 becomes the device of the 1st line, and the device specified to DM1581
becomes the device of the 2nd line. The maximum number of displays is five pages (page 1, 4 lines, total
20 lines.) The table below shows the relationship between the DM No. and page/line No.
Page No. Line No. Attribute 1 Attribute 2 Page No. Line No. Attribute 1 Attribute 2
1 DM1680 DM1780 1 DM1692 DM1792
2 DM1681 DM1781 2 DM1693 DM1793
0 3
3 DM1682 DM1782 3 DM1694 DM1794
4 DM1683 DM1783 4 DM1695 DM1795
1 DM1684 DM1784 1 DM1696 DM1796
2 DM1685 DM1785 2 DM1697 DM1797
1 4
3 DM1686 DM1786 3 DM1698 DM1798
4 DM1687 DM1787 4 DM1699 DM1799
1 DM1688 DM1788
2 DM1689 DM1789
2
3 DM1690 DM1790
4 DM1691 DM1791
4-9
[Tip]
• Of DM1580 to DM1599, when a DM is specified to be skipped, the skipped part
becomes a blank line. Also, pages to which nothing is registered (DM value
#00000) on individual pages are not displayed and are skipped.
[Example] When the display device setting is set to DM1584 or onwards, nothing
is displayed on the 1st page.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
• Timers and counters become a 2-line display as the setting value is displayed as
24/40 "PRESET" as the default setting.
Note, however, that display of setting values can also be disabled in the display
device attribute setting.
4 "Setting Display Device Attributes" page 4-13
OPERATOR MODE
• When two lines are displayed for a timer or counter, the number of devices that
can be displayed decreases.
[Example] The maximum number of timers and counters that can be displayed
is 10.
• When a 2-line display device has been specified, do not specify a device to the
following line; specify the DM value as #00000. When a device is specified to the
line following the 2-line display, the device specified to the setting value display
section is overwritten and the setting value is no longer displayed.
Display device setting Display on KV-D30
Counter C Though set value is

DM DM displayed on 2nd line, the
Counter C display device on the 2nd
not specified PRESET line is set, so the set device
is overwritten.
• When the device of a 2-line display becomes the 4th line of each page, only the
current value is displayed on the 4th line; the setting value is not displayed.
Only the current value is displayed even

when set value display is set to "ON".
• When specifying a timer/counter as a box display, register to a DM for the display

device setting on the 1st and 2nd lines.
• On pages in which box display is set for timers and counters, the display device
setting on the 3rd and 4th lines is ignored. Also, when box display is specified on
only the 1st line and nothing is set to the 2nd line (DM value #00000), only the left
half of the screen is displayed, and the right half is left blank.
Product 1
1234
2345
When a No. that is not specified as a box display has been set, the message
"- Out Of Range -" is displayed.
• When only the 2nd line has been set to box display, the box is not displayed and
the message "- Out Of Range -" is displayed.
• When an attempt is made to display an unregistered timer or counter that is not
listed on the ladder, the message "- Device Not Used -" is displayed.
4-10
[Tip]
• Display details are timer/counter comments, current value, and setting value.
• Only setting values can be changed. Change setting values by the following
procedure:
C 00000 T 00001
　 1234 　 600 KV-700

　 1234 　 8000
KV-10/16/
Monitor state
24/40
x 1 second or
x 1 second
C 00000 T 00001 C 00000 T 00001
　 1234
　 600 　 1234 　 600
4
0000001234 　 8000 　 1234 0000008000
OPERATOR MODE
C 00000 T 00001 C 00000 T 00001
　 1234
　 600 　 1234 　 600
0000001239 　 8000 　 1234 0000008009
C 00000 T 00001 C 00000 T 00001
　 1234
　 600 　 1234 　 600
0000001234 　 8000 　 1234 0000008000
C 00000 T 00001 C 00000 T 00001
　 1234
　 600 　 1234 　 600
0000001294 　 8000 　 1234 0000008090
• Select switching to left or right side by the key. (default: left side)
• Move reversal cursor by the key to select digit to increment (decrement).
• Increment numerical values by the / keys. (0 to 4294967295)
• Changes to numerical values a reflected in real time.
Setting value change state
• Devices whose setting values are set to overwrite prohibited at Bit14 of display
device attribute 1 cannot be changed. When overwriting of the setting values of
both currently displayed devices is set to inhibited, the state does not move to the
setting value change state.
Sample program: Timer/counter box type display

Operation screen display Ladder program
2002 #25000 $0000 $0000
DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
Visitors Rem. Time #26001 $0000 $0000
DW DW DW
1234 　
1234
600 DM1581 DM1681 DM1781
8000
Explanation
The counter and timer are displayed in a
box on the left and right, respectively.
Comment
Device No. Comment 1
Timer T000 R em . T i me
Counter C001 V i s i t o r s
4-11
Displaying Device Comments

• When a device comment of a specified display device was being transferred to the
KV-10/16/24/40, that comment is displayed from the left end.
• Only comments entered to "Comment 1" can be displayed.
• 24 is the maximum number of single-byte characters in a comment. Characters
KV-700 exceeding this limit are not displayed.
KV-10/16/
24/40 • When a comment overlaps a numerical value, priority is given to the numerical value.
• When device comments have not been transferred to the KV-10/16/24/40, the device
No. is displayed.
4 • When device comments are changed and transferred again, disconnect and re-
insert the communications cable connected to the KV-D30. This updates the display.
OPERATOR MODE
Note: • To leave the left end blank when using LADDER BUILDER for KV Ver.1.5,
enter "~" to the left end of the device comment. If blank spaces are entered
without entering "~" to the left end, the blank spaces will be ignored.
Note, however, that when "~" is described in a device comment, it is
displayed as "-".
• When using KV BUILDER, insert spaces when creating comments.
• Device comments can be displayed only when compressed transfer of
device comments has not been selected after having used LADDER
BUILDER for KV Ver.1.5 or later or KV BUILDER.
• Comments can be displayed by transferring them by LADDER BUILDER
for KV Ver.1.5 or later or KV BUILDER even if the ladder program was made
using LADDER BUILDER for KV Ver.1.0 or KV IncrediWare (Dos).
• "Do not transfer" is selected as the default setting of the LADDER
BUILDER for KV Ver.1.5 comment transfer setting. To display com-
ments, be sure to set up the comment transfer settings.
"Visual KV Series user’s Manual [2]"
Sample program: Display the start of the comment as a space

2002 #30700 $0020 $0000
DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
12345mm
Explanation
The value of DM0700 is displayed with a
comment. The comment is displayed only
on the right end.
Comment
Data memory DM0700 mm
Not needed when KV BUILDER is used
4-12
Setting Display Device Attributes [DM1680 (page 0, 1st line) to M1699 (page 4, 4th line)]
The KV-D30 allows highly flexibly display by setting display device attributes as
follows.
When nothing is set ($ 0000), default settings are used.
There are two attribute settings: attribute setting 1 and attribute setting 2. With attribute
setting 1, display format (number of digits, radix, etc.) and display/enable of value KV-700
overwriting can be set. With attribute setting 2, the size and type of display characters KV-10/16/
24/40
can be set. When attributes are not set, characters are displayed at single-byte size
(24 characters).
4
■ Attribute setting 1 [DM1680 (page 0, 1st line) to DM1699 (page 4, 4th line)]
OPERATOR MODE
With attribute setting 1, the following ten attributes can be set:
$ No. Function 0 (default) 1

play OFF 0 to 15(F)
Bit4-7 Number of blank spaces at Shift right Number of blank
right end of numerical value spaces specifiable
display 0 to 15(F)
setting number
disabled
enabled/disabled
■ Attribute setting 2 [DM1780 (page 0, 1st line) to DM1799 (page 4, 4th line)]
The following three attributes can be set:
Bit0 2X display OFF ON
Fixed
Bit1 4X display OFF ON

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Hex $
4-13
For example, at the following attribute setting, the setting values are as follows:
Number Function 0 1
Bit0-3 Decimal point position 3
Bit4-7 Number of blank spaces at right end of 4

KV-700
Bit8 Numerical value display setting Comment +
KV-10/16/
24/40
numerical value
Attribute 1
Bit9 Sign setting Signed

Bit10 Number of bits 32 bits
4 Bit11 Radix specification Decimal
OPERATOR MODE
Bit12 Setting value display setting ON

Bit13 Zero suppress setting OFF
Bit14 Setting value rewrite enabled/disabled Enabled
Bit15 Value (current value) rewrite enabled/ Disabled
disabled
Attribute 2
Bit0 2X display ON
Bit1 4X display OFF
Bit2 7-segment numerical value display ON
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
8+2=0 4+2=6 4 3 0 0 0 4+1=5

=A
Hex A 6 4 3 0 0 0 5
The following table shows the relationship between DM Nos. and the pages and line Nos. in which
setting values are reflected.
Page No. Line No. Attribute 1 Attribute 2 Page No. Line No. Attribute 1 Attribute 2
1 DM1680 DM1780 1 DM1692 DM1792
2 DM1681 DM1781 2 DM1693 DM1793
0 3
3 DM1682 DM1782 3 DM1694 DM1794
4 DM1683 DM1783 4 DM1695 DM1795
1 DM1684 DM1784 1 DM1696 DM1796
2 DM1685 DM1785 2 DM1697 DM1797
1 4
3 DM1686 DM1786 3 DM1698 DM1798
4 DM1687 DM1787 4 DM1699 DM1799
1 DM1688 DM1788
2 DM1689 DM1789
2
3 DM1690 DM1790
4 DM1691 DM1791
4-14
Attribute 1 Details
■ Decimal point position (Bits 0 to 3) [default: 0 (decimal point display OFF)]
• Specify the number of digits in numbers past the decimal point.
• The decimal point position can be specified within the range 0 to 15. (4-bit binary
numerical value)
KV-700
• The decimal point position can be set only up to the maximum number of display
KV-10/16/
digits.
24/40
Settings beyond this limit are invalid.

[Example] In the case of 16-bit numerical values, the maximum number of digits
is five. So, the settable range becomes 0 to 5. When 6 or more is
4
specified, the setting is the same as when 5 is set.
OPERATOR MODE
• The decimal point position does not move from the specified position even if the
number past the decimal point is 0.
• For items such as timers and counters having a setting value, the decimal point
is also displayed for setting values, too, at the same position as the current value.
• When there is no numerical value to the left of the specified decimal point, the
display becomes "0.".
[Example] When "3" is specified as the decimal point position for the number
"123", the display becomes, "0.123".
Sample program: Decimal point display

2002 #30000 $0002 $0000
DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
DM 00000 234.56
Explanation
The decimal point is displayed at the 3rd
cell (two digits past) the decimal point for
the value of DM0000.
Comment
Data memory DM0000
4-15
■ Number of blank spaces at right end of numerical value display (Bits 4 to 7)

[default: 0 (no blank spaces at right end)]
• Numerical values are displayed from the right side. However, the numerical value
display start position can be freely set by setting the number of blank spaces at
the right end.
• When timers and counters are set, the setting value also moves.
KV-700
Specify the number of blank spaces by a number of single-byte characters within
KV-10/16/
24/40
the range 0 to 15. For example, to leave blank spaces for one 2-byte character,
specify "2".
• When 4X character display is set, leave blank spaces at that size. For example,
4 when "2" is set for the number of blank spaces, the blank space is for four single-
byte characters in the 4X character display.
OPERATOR MODE
• The maximum number of blank spaces that can be set is up to a state filled to the
left end in the maximum value display state. When a value beyond this limit is set,
the number of blank spaces does not increase.
[Example] When entry is signed 32-bit numerical value, the number of blank
spaces that can be set is as follows:
Up to 24 - 10 - 1 = 13
Sign
Number of digits in display numerical value
Even if "15" is set, blank spaces for only 13 single-byte characters
can be created.
• Easier-to-view displays are possible by manipulating the position of the right end
and input of comments.
[Example] 　 stands for 2-byte blank spaces.
Comment: ................................ "Number of rejects is p'ces."
Number of blank spaces at right end of numerical value display....6
6 cell
"Number of rejects is 123 p'ces."

In this way, comments can be displayed after numbers to improve
visibility for the worker.
Sample program: " p'ces." display

2002 #21000 $1060 $0000
DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
Produced 100 p'ces.
Explanation
The current value of C000 is displayed with
a comment. The counter setting value is not
displayed.
The number display is shifted six cells to
prevent numbers from overlapping charac-
ters.
Comment
Counter C000 Produced p ' ces .
4-16
■ Numerical value display ON/OFF (Bit8)

[default: display of comment and numerical value]
Sets numerical value display ON/OFF for each digit.
• To set the entire line to display the comment, set Bit8 to ON.
Sample program: Nameplate blinking display KV-700
KV-10/16/
Operation screen display Ladder program 24/40
0000 T001 #41000 $0100 $0000 #0005
DW DW DW T000
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
Running...
T000 #41001 $0100
DW DW
$0000
DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
#0010
T001 4
OPERATOR MODE
Explanation
The comment is displayed blinking (1 sec-
ond OFF, 0.5 seconds ON) while input
0000 is ON.
The device state is not displayed, and only
the comment is displayed.
Comment
Relay 01000 * * * *Runn i ng * * * *
01001
Not needed when KV BUILDER is used
■ Sign ON/OFF (Bit9) [default: unsigned display]

Sets sign ON/OFF for values that are displayed.
• To display the sign (+/-), set Bit9 to ON.
• The sign is displayed to indicate the result of 2's complement processing.
[Example] The display becomes "-1" when #65535 is set for a 1-word (16 bit)
numerical value.
• The sign is displayed to one cell left of the number. (The position of the sign also
moves as the number of digits increases.)
Sample program: Signed number display

2002 #23000 $0200 $0000
DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
Explanation
The value of CTH0 is displayed as a singled
binary value.
[Example] As the high-speed counter is
24 bits, the display becomes
"-1" when #16777215 is set.
Comment
High-speed counter CTH0 Cu r r en t Pos i t i on
4-17
■ Number of bits (Bit10) [default: 16-bit display]

Sets the number of bits of numerical values to be displayed.
• When specifying 32-bit display, set Bit10 to ON.
• 32 bits can be specified to TM and DM devices. When 32 bits are specified to other
devices, the Bit10 setting is ignored.
KV-700 • When the final No. TM or DM (TM31 and DM1999) is specified, the Bit10 setting
KV-10/16/ is ignored as they are no more devices past this No.
24/40
• 24 bits can be specified for CTC and CTH. However, this is set by the MEMSW
instruction.
4 (The Bit10 setting is ignored.)
"Visual KV Series User’s Manual [3]"
OPERATOR MODE
• In the case of 32-bit numbers, lower bit values are assigned to the specified
device, and upper bit values are assigned to the device having a number
incremented by one.
[Example] When DM0000 is specified, upper bit values are assigned to DM0001
and lower bit values are assigned to DM0000.
Upper Lower
DM00001 DM00000
32 bits
Sample program: Display of 2-word numbers

2002 #30100 $0400 $0000
DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
Product A 123456789
Explanation
Display a 2-word numerical value whose
lower 16 bits are assigned to DM0100 and
upper 16 bits are assigned to DM0101.
(display with comment)
Comment
Data memory DM0100 Produc t A
4-18
■ Radix specification (Bit11) [default: Decimal display]

Sets the radix of numerical values to be displayed.
• With 16-bit display, numerical values are prefixed by $, and zero suppressed is
disabled.
• When there are setting values for timers and counters, for example, setting values KV-700
are also displayed by the same radix as the current value. KV-10/16/
24/40
• The relay default setting is 1-bit ON/OFF. However, when Bit11 is ON, display
becomes 16-bit batch display.
Note, however, that the relay ON/OFF setting cannot be changed at this time. 4
• In the case of 16-bit batch display, 16 relays are displayed onwards from the
OPERATOR MODE
specified relay.
[Example] In the case of RLY00502, the display becomes "00502, 00503 ... and
so forth up to 00515, 0060, 00601".
Decimal display Hex display 16-bit batch display
[Tip]
In the case of 16-bit batch display, the No. of each bit can be verified in the bit guide
at the bottom of the display panel.
Bit guide
Sample program: Hex display

2002 #24010 $0800 $0000
DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
TM　00010 $1A3F
Explanation
The value of TM10 is displayed in Hex
annotation ($).
Comment
Temporary memory TM10
4-19
■ Setting value display ON/OFF (Bit12) [default: Setting value display ON]
Sets setting value display ON/OFF for timers and counters.
• To disable display of setting values, set Bit12 ON.
Sample program: Simultaneous display of counter setting values

KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40 2002 #21100 $0000 $0000
DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
C　00100 12345 #00000
4 PRESET
C　00101
50000
31520
DW
DM1581
#21101 $1000 $0000
DW DW DW
OPERATOR MODE
DM1582 DM1682 DM1782
Explanation
The current value and setting values are
displayed simultaneously for C100, and
only the current value is displayed for C101.
The current value of C100 is displayed on
the 1st line, and the setting value of C100 is
displayed on the 2nd line. So, the display
device setting is not made for the 2nd line.
Comment
Counter C100
C101
■ Zero suppression setting (Bit13) [default: Zero suppress ON]

Sets zero suppression of the setting value to be displayed.
• To set zero suppression OFF, set Bit13 to ON.
Sample program: Zero suppression OFF display

2002 #30100 $2000 $0000
DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
DM 00100 00123
Explanation
The value of DM0100 is displayed with zero
suppression OFF.
Comment
Data memory DM0100
4-20
■ Enable rewriting of setting values (Bit14)

[default: Rewriting of settings values enabled]
Sets whether or not to update the setting values of timers and counters on the KV-
D30.
• To disable updating, set Bit14 to ON.
KV-700
Sample program: Enable/disable rewriting of setting values KV-10/16/

24/40
2002 #20000 $4000 $0000
DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780 4
Tact Time 1234 #00000
　　　PRESET 1500 DW
OPERATOR MODE
Produced 120 DM1581
　　　PRESET 30000 #21001 $0000 $0000
DW DW DW
DM1582 DM1682 DM1782
#00000
DW
DM1583
Explanation
The current value and setting value of T000 and C001 are displayed; rewriting of the
T000 setting value is disabled; and rewriting of the C001 setting value is enabled. As
the current value is displayed on the 1st and 3rd lines, and the setting value is displayed
on the 2nd and 4th lines, the display device setting is not made for the 2nd and 4th lines.
Comment
Timer T000 Tac t T i me
Counter C001 Produced
4-21
■ Enable rewriting of values (current value) (Bit15)

[default: Value (current value) rewriting enabled]
Sets whether or not to change currently displayed numerical values on the KV-D30.
• To disable changes, set Bit15 to ON.
KV-700 Sample program: Set individual changing of numerical values

KV-10/16/
24/40
2002 #30000 $0000 $0000
DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
4 Target Value
Current Value
30000
1234
#30001 $8000
DW DW
$0000
DW
Non-defect Rate 89% DM1581 DM1681 DM1781
OPERATOR MODE
#30002 $8010 $0000

DW DW DW
DM1582 DM1682 DM1782
Explanation
Of currently displayed DM0000, DM0001
and DM0002, changing of only DM0000
values is enabled.
Comment
Data memory DM0000 Tar ge t Va l ue
DM0001 Cu r r en t Va l ue
DM0002 Non - de f ec t Ra t e %
4-22
Attribute 2 Details
■ 2X character display (Bit0) [default: 0 (2X character display OFF)]
To display characters as 2X characters, set Bit0 to ON.
• When 2X character display is selected, two lines are required for displaying
characters.
KV-700
• Do not specify a device to the line following the line set to 2X character display.
KV-10/16/
When a device is specified to the following line, the specified device is displayed
24/40
at the bottom half of the 2X character display, and characters are no longer
displayed correctly.
4
Feed
DM Rate
00100　　 00123
　　
　　　　　 2.00mm/min
OPERATOR MODE
• The number of characters that can be displayed on a single line is the same
as in regular display, 24 single-byte characters (12 x 2-byte characters).
Note: When characters for timer and counter values are displayed in 2X character
format, only the current value is displayed 2X; the setting value is displayed
at regular size.
Sample program: 2X character display

2002 #20000 $0000 $0001
DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
Tact Time 100

Explanation
The value of timer T000 is displayed as 2X
characters.
Comment
4-23
■ 4X character display (Bit1) [default: 0 (4X character display OFF)]

To set 4X character display for display characters, set Bit1 to ON.
characters.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
4 Feed Rate
DM 00100　　 00123
　　
2.00mm/min
OPERATOR MODE
• The number of characters that can be displayed on a single line is half of the
number of 2-byte characters, or 12 single-byte characters (six 2-byte characters).
format, only the current value is displayed as 4X character; the setting value
is displayed at regular size.

2002 #30000 $0000 $0002
DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
Product A 100 Explanation

The value of DM00000 is displayed as 4X
characters.
Comment
4-24
■ 7-segment font display for numerical values (Bit2)

[default: 0 (7-segment display OFF)]
Setting display of numerical values to 7-segment display can increase the visibility
of small characters.
To set 7-segment display of numerical values, set Bit2 to ON.
• The number of characters that can be displayed on a single line is the same as
KV-700
in regular display, 24 single-byte characters (12 x 2-byte characters).
KV-10/16/
24/40
Regular display 7-segment display
　　　 1234
4
OPERATOR MODE
Sample program: 7-segment font display
2002 #21000 $0000 $0004
DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
Line 1 Produced #21001 $0000 $0000
　PRESET DW DW DW
DM1582 DM1682 DM1782
Line 2 Produced 31520
　PRESET 40000
Explanation
Counter C000 is displayed in 7-segment
font, and counter C001 is displayed in regu-
lar font.
Comment
Counter C000 L i ne 1 Produced
C001 L i ne 2 Produced
Attribute 1 Order of Priority (excluding bits 14 and 15)

Each of the items in attribute setting 1 are prioritized. If there is a contradiction in the
set details, this order of priority determines which setting is given priority. The order of
priority is as follows:
(1) Numerical value display ON/OFF (Bit8)

(2) Radix (Bit11)
(3) Other
[Tip]
• When numerical value display is set to OFF (Bit8 is set to ON), setting other Bits
to ON will not be reflected, and only comments are displayed.
• When Hex display (Bit11 is set to ON), the decimal point, zero suppression and
sign settings are ignored even if set.
4-25
Attribute 2 Order of Priority

Each of the items in attribute setting 2 are prioritized. If there is a contradiction in the set details,
this order of priority determines which setting is given priority. The order of priority is as follows:
(1) 4X character display (Bit1)

KV-700 (2) 2X character display (Bit0)
KV-10/16/
24/40
[Tip]
4 • When Bit0 and Bit1 are both set to ON at the same time, priority is given to Bit1, and display
becomes 4X character display.
OPERATOR MODE
• Numerical values can also be displayed in 7-segment font on 2X character display and 4X
character display by combining the settings of Bit0/1 and Bit2.
2X 7-segment display 4X 7-segment display
Cautions in the Numerical Value Change State

• Numerical values can be set and changed in either of the RUN or PROGRAM modes.
• Blinking on lines on which changing of numerical values is prohibited in the display device
attribute setting is skipped. No lines blink when changing of numerical values is prohibited on
all lines.
• When a value is written, the time it takes for the new setting to be reflected is the longer of
maximum two scans or 100 ms.
• While changing numerical values, all settings for currently displayed devices are not updated.
Settings are updated after changes are finished.
• Do not change the ladder while changing numerical values.
• Values outside of the setting ranges cannot be entered.
Other Cautions
The following errors are displayed regarding registering displays for DM1580 to DM1599.
English Display Japanese Display Description
"PRESET" ? !? Time/counter setting value
"No Display Device " ? !"#$===========? Nothing is set to DM1580 to
is Specified = !"#$%& DM1599.
"—Out of Range—" ?— !"#$%&—? A value that cannot be set to
DM1580 to DM1599 is entered.
"—Device Not Used—" ?— !"#$%&—? An unused timer/counter/high-
speed counter has been set.*
* Values of other devices are displayed even if they are not in use.
4-26
4-4 Creating Screens for the Operator Mode (when the KV-700 is connected)

(when the KV-700 is connected)
This section describes how to create screens that are displayed in the Operator mode
when the KV-700 is connected.
KV-700
Work Flow KV-10/16/

24/40
The flow of work for creating a screen for the Operator mode is as follows:
Create ladder program.

Step 1
Create a ladder program in KV BUILDER ladder support
4
software.
OPERATOR MODE
Step 2
Transfer program. Transfer the ladder program you have made to the KV-700.
Connect KV-D30. Step 3

Connect the KV-D30 to the KV-700.
Select operator mode. Step 4

Select "Operator Mode" on the KV-D30's main menu.
The screen created above is displayed on the KV-D30's
LCD screen.
Use the following ladder support software to create ladder programs:

KV BUILDER
This manual describes only operations relating to the KV-D30. For details on ladder
support software, refer to the following manual:
4-27
Setting Display Devices

The numbers of devices to be displayed on CM0000 to CM0199 is set using the
following conversion table. Use the CM for registration in 32 bits (2 CMs in a pair).
Add a value (from here on called an "offset") specified to each device to the 100,000
digit. Add the device No. to be displayed to the offset and add it to CM0000 to CM0199.
KV-700 Use 2-word instructions (LDA.D/STA.D, DW.D, MOV.D, etc.) for setting the display
KV-10/16/ device.
24/40
4
100000 10000 1000 100 10 1
OPERATOR MODE
Offset Device No.
[Example] To specify timer T010, set "#600010".
Types of display device and offsets, and device Nos. of each device
Device Type Offset Device No.
Relay (RLY) 1 00000 to 59915
Control relay (CR) 2 0000 to 3915
Data memory (DM) 3 00000 to 19999/39999 (expanded
memory OFF/ON)
Control memory (CM) 4 0000 to 3999
Temporary data memory (TM) 5 000 to 511
Timer (T) 6 000 to 511
Counter (C) 8 000 to 511
High-speed counter (CTH) 10 0 to 1
High-speed counter comparator (CTC) 11 0 to 3
Note: • When nothing is set to CM0000 to CM0199 with the screen in a monitor
state, the message "No Display Device is Specified" is displayed.
• When a value (e.g. #1375000) that can be set above has been set to
CM0000 to CM0199 with the screen in a monitor state, the message "- Out
Of Range -" is displayed.
4-28
• The maximum number of displays (4 lines per page, total 80 lines). The relationship between CM Nos. and pages,
and line Nos. is as follows.
Page No. Line No. CM No. Page No. Line No. CM No. Page No. Line No. CM No.
1 CM0000,CM0001 1 CM0070,CM0071 1 CM0140,CM0141
2 CM0002,CM0003 2 CM0072,CM0073 2 CM0142,CM0143
0 7 14
3 CM0004,CM0005 3 CM0074,CM0075 3 CM0144,CM0145 KV-700
4 CM0006,CM0007 4 CM0076,CM0077 4 CM0146,CM0147 KV-10/16/

24/40
1 CM0010,CM0011 1 CM0080,CM0081 1 CM0150,CM0151
2 CM0012,CM0013 2 CM0082,CM0083 2 CM0152,CM0153
1
3 CM0014,CM0015
8
3 CM0084,CM0085
15
3 CM0154,CM0155 4
4 CM0016,CM0017 4 CM0086,CM0087 4 CM0156,CM0157
OPERATOR MODE
1 CM0020,CM0021 1 CM0090,CM0091 1 CM0160,CM0161
2 CM0022,CM0023 2 CM0092,CM0093 2 CM0162,CM0163
2 9 16
3 CM0024,CM0025 3 CM0094,CM0095 3 CM0164,CM0165
4 CM0026,CM0027 4 CM0096,CM0097 4 CM0166,CM0167
1 CM0030,CM0031 1 CM0100,CM0101 1 CM0170,CM0171
2 CM0032,CM0033 2 CM0102,CM0103 2 CM0172,CM0173
3 10 17
3 CM0034,CM0035 3 CM0104,CM0105 3 CM0174,CM0175
4 CM0036,CM0037 4 CM0106,CM0107 4 CM0176,CM0177
1 CM0040,CM0041 1 CM0110,CM0111 1 CM0180,CM0181
2 CM0042,CM0043 2 CM0112,CM0113 2 CM0182,CM0183
4 11 18
3 CM0044,CM0045 3 CM0114,CM0115 3 CM0184,CM0185
4 CM0046,CM0047 4 CM0116,CM0117 4 CM0186,CM0187
1 CM0050,CM0051 1 CM0120,CM0121 1 CM0190,CM0191
2 CM0052,CM0053 2 CM0122,CM0123 2 CM0192,CM0193
5 12 19
3 CM0054,CM0055 3 CM0124,CM0125 3 CM0194,CM0195
4 CM0056,CM0057 4 CM0126,CM0127 4 CM0196,CM0197
1 CM0060,CM0061 1 CM0130,CM0131
2 CM0062,CM0063 2 CM0132,CM0133
6 13
3 CM0064,CM0065 3 CM0134,CM0135
4 CM0066,CM0067 4 CM0136,CM0137
[Tip]
Fixed Page No. Line No. 1st line → 0, 1

(00 to 19) 2nd line → 2, 3
3rd line → 4, 5
4th line → 6, 7
device.
4-29
[Tip]
• When a display device has been specified with a CM corresponding to the
respective page in CM0000 to CM0199 skipped, the skipped part becomes a
blank line. Also, pages to which nothing is registered (CM value #00000) on
individual pages are not displayed and are skipped.
[Example] When the display device setting is set to CM0010 or onwards, nothing
KV-700
is displayed on the 1st page.
KV-10/16/
24/40 • Timers and counters become a 2-line display as the setting value is displayed as
"PRESET" as the default setting.
Note, however, that display of setting values can also be disabled in the display
4 device attribute setting.
OPERATOR MODE
• When two lines are displayed for a timer or counter, the number of devices that
can be displayed decreases.
[Example] The maximum number of timers and counters that can be displayed
is 40.
• When a 2-line display device has been specified, do not specify a device to the
following line; specify the CM value as #00000. When a device is specified to the
line following the 2-line display, the device specified to the setting value display
section is overwritten and the setting value is no longer displayed.
Display device setting Display on KV-D30
Counter C Though set value is

DM DM displayed on 2nd line, the
Counter C display device on the 2nd
not specified PRESET line is set, so the set device
is overwritten.
• When the device of a 2-line display becomes the 4th line of each page, only the
current value is displayed on the 4th line; the setting value is not displayed.
Only the current value is displayed even

when set value display is set to "ON".
• When an attempt is made to display an unregistered timer, counter or high-speed

counter that is not listed on the ladder, the message "- Device Not Used -" is
displayed.
4-30
Displaying Device Comments

• When a device comment of a specified display device was being transferred to the
KV-700, that comment is displayed from the left end.
• Only comments entered to "Comment 1" can be displayed.
• 24 is the maximum number of single-byte characters in a comment. Characters
exceeding this limit are not displayed. KV-700
KV-10/16/
• When a comment overlaps a numerical value, priority is given to the numerical value. 24/40
• When device comments have not been transferred to the KV-700, the device No. is
displayed.
4
OPERATOR MODE
Sample program: Display the start of the comment as a space
CR2002 #300700 $00000020
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0200
12345mm
Explanation
The value of DM00700 is displayed with a
comment. The comment is displayed only
on the right end.
Comment
Data memory DM00700 mm
4-31
Setting Display Device Attributes [CM0200 (page 0, 1st line) to CM0396 (page 19, 4th line)]
The KV-D30 allows highly flexibly display by setting display device attributes as
follows.
When nothing is set ($ 0000), default settings are used.
There are two attribute settings: attribute setting 1 and attribute setting 2. With attribute
KV-700 setting 1, display format (number of digits, radix, etc.) and display/enable of value
KV-10/16/ overwriting can be set. With attribute setting 2, the size and type of display characters
24/40
can be set. When attributes are not set, characters are displayed at single-byte size
(24 characters).
4 ■ Attribute setting 1 [CM0200 (page 0, 1st line) to CM0396 (page 19, 4th line)]
With attribute setting 1, the following ten attributes can be set:
OPERATOR MODE
$ No. Function 0 (default) 1

play OFF 0 to 15(F)
Bit4-7 Number of blank spaces at Shift right Number of blank
right end of numerical value spaces specifiable
display 0 to 15(F)
setting number
disabled
enabled/disabled
■ Attribute setting 2 [CM0201 (page 0, 1st line) to CM0397 (page 19, 4th line)]
The following three attributes can be set:
Fixed

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Hex 0 0 0
4-32
For example, at the following attribute setting, the setting values are as follows:
Number Function 0 1
Bit0-3 Decimal point position 3
Bit4-7 Number of blank spaces at right end of 4

KV-700
Bit8 Numerical value display setting Comment+
KV-10/16/
numerical value 24/40
Attribute 1
Bit9 Sign setting Signed

Bit10
Bit11
Number of bits
Radix specification Decimal
32 bits
4
OPERATOR MODE
Bit12 Setting value display setting ON
Bit13 Zero suppress setting OFF
Bit14 Setting value rewrite enabled/disabled Enabled
Bit15 Value (current value) rewrite enabled/ Disabled
disabled
Attribute 2
Bit0 2X character display ON

Bit1 4X character display OFF
Bit2 7-segment numerical value display ON
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
0 0 0 4+1=5 8+2=10 4+2=6 4 3

=A
Hex 0 0 0 5 A 6 4 3
4-33
The following table shows the relationship between CM Nos. and the pages and line Nos. in which setting
values are reflected.
Page No. Line No. Attribute setting 1 Attribute setting 2 Page No. Line No. Attribute setting 1 Attribute setting 2
1 CM0200 CM0201 1 CM0300 CM0301
2 CM0202 CM0203 2 CM0302 CM0303
0 10
3 CM0204 CM0205 3 CM0304 CM0305
KV-700
KV-10/16/
4 CM0206 CM0207 4 CM0306 CM0307
24/40 1 CM0210 CM0211 1 CM0310 CM0311
2 CM0212 CM0213 2 CM0312 CM0313
1 11
4 3
4
CM0214
CM0216
CM0215
CM0217
3
4
CM0314
CM0316
CM0315
CM0317
CM0221 1 CM0320 CM0321
OPERATOR MODE
1 CM0220
2 CM0222 CM0223 2 CM0322 CM0323
2 12
3 CM0224 CM0225 3 CM0324 CM0325
4 CM0226 CM0227 4 CM0326 CM0327
1 CM0230 CM0231 1 CM0330 CM0331
2 CM0232 CM0233 2 CM0332 CM0333
3 13
3 CM0234 CM0235 3 CM0334 CM0335
4 CM0236 CM0237 4 CM0336 CM0337
1 CM0240 CM0241 1 CM0340 CM0341
2 CM0242 CM0243 2 CM0342 CM0343
4 14
3 CM0244 CM0245 3 CM0344 CM0345
4 CM0246 CM0247 4 CM0346 CM0347
1 CM0250 CM0251 1 CM0350 CM0351
2 CM0252 CM0253 2 CM0352 CM0353
5 15
3 CM0254 CM0255 3 CM0354 CM0355
4 CM0256 CM0257 4 CM0356 CM0361
1 CM0260 CM0261 1 CM0360 CM0363
2 CM0262 CM0263 2 CM0362 CM0365
6 16
3 CM0264 CM0265 3 CM0364 CM0367
4 CM0266 CM0267 4 CM0366 CM0337
1 CM0270 CM0271 1 CM0370 CM0371
2 CM0272 CM0273 2 CM0372 CM0373
7 17
3 CM0274 CM0275 3 CM0374 CM0375
4 CM0276 CM0277 4 CM0376 CM0377
1 CM0280 CM0281 1 CM0380 CM0381
2 CM0282 CM0283 2 CM0382 CM0383
8 18
3 CM0284 CM0285 3 CM0384 CM0385
4 CM0286 CM0287 4 CM0386 CM0387
1 CM0290 CM0291 1 CM0390 CM0391
2 CM0292 CM0293 2 CM0392 CM0393
9 19
3 CM0294 CM0295 3 CM0394 CM0395
4 CM0296 CM0297 4 CM0396 CM0397
4-34
[Tip]
KV-700
Fixed Page No.+20 Line No. 1st line → 0, 1 KV-10/16/
(20 to 39) 2nd line → 2, 3 24/40
3rd line → 4, 5
4th line → 6, 7
4
device.
OPERATOR MODE
Attribute 1 Details
■ Decimal point position (Bits 0 to 3) [default: 0 (decimal point display OFF)]
• Specify the number of digits in numbers past the decimal point.
• The decimal point position can be specified within the range 0 to 15. (4-bit binary
numerical value)
• The decimal point position can be set only up to the maximum number of display
digits.
Settings beyond this limit are invalid.
[Example] In the case of 16-bit numerical values, the maximum number of digits
is five. So, the settable range becomes 0 to 5. When 6 or more is
specified, the setting is the same as when 5 is set.
• The decimal point position does not move from the specified position even if the
number past the decimal point is 0.
• For items such as timers and counters having a setting value, the decimal point
is also displayed for setting values, too, at the same position as the current value.
• When there is no numerical value to the left of the specified decimal point, the
display becomes "0.".
[Example] When "3" is specified as the decimal point position for the number
"123", the display becomes, "0.123".
Sample program: Decimal point display

CR2002 #300000 $00000002
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0200
DM 00000 234.56
Explanation
The decimal point is displayed at the 3rd
cell (two digits past) the decimal point for
the value of DM0000.
Comment
Data memory DM00000
4-35

display start position can be freely set by setting the number of blank spaces at
the right end.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
the range 0 to 15. For example, to leave blank spaces for one 2-byte character,
specify "2".
4 when "2" is set for the number of blank spaces, the blank space is for four single-
OPERATOR MODE
Up to 24 - 10 - 1 = 13
Sign
can be created.

6 cell

Sample program: " p'ces." display

CR2002 #800000 $00001060
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0200
Produced 100 p'ces.
Explanation
The current value of C000 is displayed with
a comment. The counter setting value is not
displayed.
The number display is shifted six cells to
prevent numbers from overlapping charac-
ters.
Comment
Counter C000 Produced p ' ces .
4-36
■ Numerical value display ON/OFF (Bit8)

[default: display of comment and numerical value]
Sets numerical value display ON/OFF for each digit.
• To set the entire line to display the comment, set Bit8 to ON.
Sample program: Nameplate blinking display KV-700
KV-10/16/
Operation screen display Ladder program 24/40
0000 T001 #101000 $00000100 #0005
DW.D DW.D T000
CM0000 CM0200
T000 #101001 $00000100 #0010
Running...
DW.D
CM0000
DW.D
CM0200
T001 4
OPERATOR MODE
Explanation
The comment is displayed blinking (1 sec-
ond OFF, 0.5 seconds ON) while input
0000 is ON.
The device state is not displayed, and only
the comment is displayed.
Comment
Relay 01000 * * * *Runn i ng * * * *
01001 _
Enter space.
■ Sign ON/OFF (Bit9) [default: unsigned display]

Sets sign ON/OFF for values that are displayed.
• To display the sign (+/-), set Bit9 to ON.
• The sign is displayed to indicate the result of 2's complement processing.
[Example] The display becomes "-1" when #65535 is set for a 1-word (16 bit)
numerical value.
• The sign is displayed to one cell left of the number. (The position of the sign also
moves as the number of digits increases.)
Sample program: Signed number display

CR2002 #1100000 $00000200
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0200
Explanation
The value of CTH0 is displayed as a singled
binary value.
[Example] As the high-speed counter is
32 bits, the display becomes
"-1" when #4294967295 is set.
Comment
High-speed counter CTH0 Cu r r en t Pos i t i on
4-37
■ Number of bits (Bit10) [default: 16-bit display]

Sets the number of bits of numerical values to be displayed.
• 32 bits can be specified to TM, DM and CM devices. When 32 bits are specified
to other devices, the Bit10 setting is ignored.
KV-700 • When the final No. TM, DM or CM (TM511, DM19999 (no expanded memory),
KV-10/16/ DM39999 (expanded memory), CM3999) is specified, the Bit10 setting is ignored
24/40 as they are no more devices past this No.
• As timers, counters, CTC and CTH are 32-bit devices, displays is always 32-bit.
4 (The setting of Bit10 is ignored.)
• In the case of 32-bit numbers, lower bit values are assigned to the specified
OPERATOR MODE
device, and upper bit values are assigned to the device having a number
incremented by one.
[Example] When DM00000 is specified, upper bit values are assigned to
DM00001 and lower bit values are assigned to DM00000.
Upper Lower
DM00001 DM00000
32 bits
Sample program: Display of 2-word numbers

CR2002 #300100 $00000400
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0200
Product A 123456789
Explanation
Display a 2-word numerical value whose
lower 16 bits are assigned to DM0100 and
upper 16 bits are assigned to DM0101.
(display with comment)
Comment
4-38
■ Radix specification (Bit11) [default: Decimal display]

Sets the radix of numerical values to be displayed.
• With 16-bit display, numerical values are prefixed by $, and zero suppressed is
disabled.
• When there are setting values for timers and counters, for example, setting values KV-700
are also displayed by the same radix as the current value. KV-10/16/
24/40
• The relay and control relay default setting is 1-bit ON/OFF. However, when Bit11
is ON, display becomes 16-bit batch display.
Note, however, that the relay ON/OFF setting cannot be changed at this time. 4
• In the case of 16-bit batch display, 16 relays are displayed onwards from the
OPERATOR MODE
specified relay.
[Example] In the case of RLY00502, the display becomes "00502, 00503 ... and
so forth up to 00515, 0060, 00601".
Decimal display Hex display 16-bit batch display
[Tip]
In the case of 16-bit batch display, the No. of each bit can be verified in the bit guide
at the bottom of the display panel.
Bit guide
Sample program: Hex display

CR2002 #500010 $00000800
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0200
TM　00010 $1A3F
Explanation
The value of TM010 is displayed in Hex
annotation ($).
Comment
Temporary memory TM010
4-39
■ Setting value display ON/OFF (Bit12) [default: Setting value display ON]
Sets setting value display ON/OFF for timers and counters.
• To disable display of setting values, set Bit12 ON.
Sample program: Simultaneous display of counter setting values

KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40 CR2002 CR3710 #800100 $00000000
SET DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0200
#00000
C　00100 12345
4 PRESET
C　00101
50000
31520
DW.D
CM0002
#800101 $00001000
DW.D DW.D
OPERATOR MODE
CM0004 CM0204
Explanation
The current value and setting values are
displayed simultaneously for C100, and
only the current value is displayed for C101.
The current value of C100 is displayed on
the 1st line, and the setting value of C100 is
displayed on the 2nd line. So, the display
device setting is not made for the 2nd line.
Comment
Counter C100
C101
■ Zero suppression setting (Bit13) [default: Zero suppress ON]

Sets zero suppression of the setting value to be displayed.
• To set zero suppression OFF, set Bit13 to ON.
Sample program: Zero suppression OFF display

CR2002 #300100 $00002000
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0200
DM 00100 00123
Explanation
The value of DM00100 is displayed with
zero suppression OFF.
Comment
Data memory DM00100
4-40
■ Enable rewriting of setting values (Bit14)

[default: Rewriting of settings values enabled]
Sets whether or not to update the setting values of timers and counters on the KV-
D30.
• To disable updating, set Bit14 to ON.
KV-700
Sample program: Enable/disable rewriting of setting values KV-10/16/

24/40
CR2002 CR3710 #600000 $00004000
SET DW.D
CM0000
DW.D
CM0200 4
Tact Time 1234 #00000
　　　PRESET 1500 DW.D
OPERATOR MODE
CM0002
Produced 120
　　　PRESET 30000 #800001 $00000000
DW.D DW.D
CM0004 CM0204
#00000
DW.D
CM0006
Explanation
The current value and setting value of T000 and C001 are displayed; rewriting of the
T000 setting value is disabled; and rewriting of the C001 setting value is enabled. As
the current value is displayed on the 1st and 3rd lines, and the setting value is displayed
on the 2nd and 4th lines, the display device setting is not made for the 2nd and 4th lines.
Comment
Counter C001 Produced
4-41
■ Enable rewriting of values (current value) (Bit15)

[default: Value (current value) rewriting enabled]
Sets whether or not to change currently displayed numerical values on the KV-D30.
• To disable changes, set Bit15 to ON.
KV-700 Sample program: Set individual changing of numerical values

KV-10/16/
24/40
CR2002 #300000 $00000000
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0200
4 Target Value 30000 #300001
DW.D
$00008000
DW.D
Current Value 1234
Non-defect Rate 89% CM0002 CM0202
OPERATOR MODE
#300002 $00008010
DW.D DW.D
CM0004 CM0204
Explanation
Of currently displayed DM00000, DM00001
and DM00002, changing of only DM00000
values is enabled.
Comment
Data memory DM00000 Tar ge t Va l ue
DM00001 Cu r r en t Va l ue
DM00002 Non - de f ec t Ra t e %
4-42
Attribute 2 Details
■ 2X display (Bit0) [default: 0 (2X character display OFF)]
To display characters as 2X characters, set Bit0 to ON.
characters.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
4
Feed Rate
DM 00100　　 00123
　　
2.00mm/min
OPERATOR MODE
　　　　　
• The number of characters that can be displayed on a single line is the same
as in regular display, 24 single-byte characters (12 x 2-byte characters).
format, only the current value is displayed 2X; the setting value is displayed
at regular size.

CR2002 CR3710 #600000 $00010000
SET DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0200
Tact Time 100 Explanation

The value of timer T000 is displayed as 2X
characters.
Comment
4-43
■ 4X display (Bit1) [default: 0 (4X character display OFF)]

To set 4X character display for display characters, set Bit1 to ON.
characters.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
Feed Rate
DM 00100　　 00123
4 2.00mm/min
　　
OPERATOR MODE
• The number of characters that can be displayed on a single line is half of the
number of 2-byte characters, or 12 single-byte characters (six 2-byte characters).
format, only the current value is displayed as 4X character; the setting value
is displayed at regular size.

CR2002 #300000 $00020000
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0200
Product A 100 Explanation

The value of DM00000 is displayed as 4X
characters.
Comment
4-44
■ 7-segment font display for numerical values (Bit2)

[default: 0 (7-segment display OFF)]
Setting display of numerical values to 7-segment display can increase the visibility
of small characters.
To set 7-segment display of numerical values, set Bit2 to ON.
• The number of characters that can be displayed on a single line is the same as
KV-700
in regular display, 24 single-byte characters (12 x 2-byte characters).
KV-10/16/
24/40
　　　 1234
4
OPERATOR MODE
Sample program: 7-segment font display
CR2002 CR3710 #800000 $00040000
SET DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0200
Line 1 Produced #800001 $00000000
　PRESET DW.D DW.D
CM0004 CM0204
Line 2 Produced 31520
　PRESET 40000
Explanation
Counter C000 is displayed in 7-segment
font, and counter C001 is displayed in regu-
lar font.
Comment
Counter C000 L i ne 1 Produced
C001 L i ne 2 Produced
4-45
Attribute 1 Order of Priority (excluding bits 14 and 15)

KV-700
(1) Numerical value display ON/OFF (Bit8)
KV-10/16/ (2) Radix (Bit11)
24/40
(3) Other
4 [Tip]
OPERATOR MODE
• When numerical value display is set to OFF (Bit8 is set to ON), setting other Bits
to ON will not be reflected, and only comments are displayed.
• When Hex display (Bit11 is set to ON), the decimal point, zero suppression and
sign settings are ignored even if set.
Attribute 2 Order of Priority


[Tip]
• When Bit0 and Bit1 are both set to ON at the same time, priority is given to Bit1,
and display becomes 4X character display.
• Numerical values can also be displayed in 7-segment font on 2X character
display and 4X character display by combining the settings of Bit0/1 and Bit2.
2X 7-segment display 4X 7-segment display
4-46
Cautions in the Numerical Value Change State

• Numerical values can be set and changed in either of the RUN or PROGRAM modes.
• Blinking on lines on which changing of numerical values is prohibited in the display device
attribute setting is skipped. No lines blink when changing of numerical values is prohibited on
all lines. (The mode does not change to the change device selection mode.)
"Setting Display Device Attributes" page 4-32 KV-700
KV-10/16/
• When a value is written, the time it takes for the new setting to be reflected is the longer of 24/40
• While changing numerical values, all settings for currently displayed devices are not updated.
Settings are updated after changes are finished. 4
• Do not change the ladder while changing numerical values.
OPERATOR MODE
• Values outside of the setting ranges cannot be entered.
Other Cautions
The following errors are displayed regarding registering displays for CM0200 to CM0399.
"No Display Device " ? !"#$===========? Nothing is set to CM0000 to
is Specified = !"#$%& CM0199.
CM0000 to CM0199 is entered.
* Values of other devices are displayed even if they are not in use.
4-47
4-5 About Templates (when the KV-700 is connected)

This sections describes the template function. This function can be used only when the
KV-D30 is connected to the KV-700.
KV-700
Outline of Function
KV-10/16/
The template function allows you to make attribute settings that were previously made
24/40
in line (device) units now in page units.
Set the approximate page attributes by template, and then add the attribute setting
4 individually by each line. This allows you to set page attributes more easily by each
page.
OPERATOR MODE
The template function is provided with two functions, a basic function and expanded
function. The basic function is for making settings by page units, and the expanded
function enables several special displays which could not be set in attribute settings.
Attribute settings and content that can be set by the template function
Function Attribute Setting Template
Decimal point position X
Number of blank spaces at right end of nu-
merical value display
Numerical value display ON/OFF
Sign ON/OFF X
Number of bits X
Radix specification X
Setting value display ON/OFF X
Zero suppress setting X
Setting value rewrite enabled/disabled X
Value (current value) rewrite enabled/disabled X
2X display
4X display
7-segment numerical value display
Addition of clock display X
Key guide display X
Timer/counter box display X
[Tip]
When reciprocal settings have been made in the attribute settings and templates,
the content set in the templates is reflected.
[Example] When "numerical value display OFF" and "numerical value display ON"
have been set in the template and attribute settings, respectively,
priority is given to the "numerical value display OFF setting."
4-48
Template Setting [CM0208 (page 0) to CM0399 (page 19)]

The KV-D30 has a basic function and an expanded function. The basic function is for making batch attribute
settings in page units. The expanded function is for making three special displays which could not be set in
attribute settings.
When a template is not set ($0000), the default setting is used.
Bits 0 to 7 of template 1 and template 2 are for setting the basic function, and bits 8 to 14 of template 2 are for KV-700
setting the expanded function. Set whether to use or not use templates by bit 15 of template 2. KV-10/16/
The following details can be set. 24/40
■ Template 1 [CM 8]
No. Function 0 (default) 1 4

Bit0-3 Number of blank spaces at right end of Shift right Number of
OPERATOR MODE
numerical value display blank spaces
specifiable
0 to 15(F)
Bit4 Number of blank spaces of device on 1st line Specified con- Specified
tent is not re- content is
Bit5 Number of blank spaces of device on 2nd line
flected in Bits 0 reflected in
Bit6 Number of blank spaces of device on 3rd line to 3. Bits 0 to 3.
Bit7 Number of blank spaces of device on 4th line
Bit8 Display of numerical value on 1st line ON OFF
Bit9 Display of numerical value on 2nd line ON OFF
Bit10 Display of numerical value on 3rd line ON OFF
Bit11 Display of numerical value on 4th line ON OFF
Bit12 Display numerical value offset on 1st line as OFF ON
7-segment
Bit13 Display numerical value offset on 2nd line as OFF ON
7-segment
Bit14 Display numerical value offset on 3rd line as OFF ON
7-segment
Bit15 Display numerical value offset on 4th line as OFF ON
7-segment
■ Template 2 [CM 9]
Bit0 Font size of 1st line 1X size 2X size
Bit4 Font size of 1st line 1X size 4X size
Bit8 For setting clock display "0" "1" "0" "1"
:Top :Bottom :Top :Bottom
position
"0" "0" "1" "1"
Bit10 Addition of clock display Disabled Enabled
Bit11 Key guide display Disabled Enabled
Bit12 Timer/counter box display Disabled Enabled
Bit15 Template function No used Used
4-49

For 4-digit numbers in $, four bits are set as one digit, and the bits of each digit are assigned to values of
1, 2, 4, and 8, respectively.
KV-700
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
KV-10/16/ Bit 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
24/40
4 Hex
OPERATOR MODE
For example, the setting values become as following when the following attributes are set.
Number Function 0 1
Bit0-3 Number of blank spaces at right end of numerical 2
value display
Bit4 Number of blank spaces of device on 1st line Reflected
Bit5 Number of blank spaces of device on 2nd line Not reflected
Bit6 Number of blank spaces of device on 3rd line Not reflected
Bit7 Number of blank spaces of device on 4th line Not reflected
Attribute 1
Bit8 Display of numerical value on 1st line ON

Bit9 Display of numerical value on 2nd line ON
Bit10 Display of numerical value on 3rd line OFF
Bit11 Display of numerical value on 4th line OFF
Bit12 Display numerical value offset on 1st line as 7-segment ON
Bit13 Display numerical value offset on 2nd line as 7-segment OFF
Bit14 Display numerical value offset on 3rd line as 7-segment OFF
Bit15 Display numerical value offset on 4th line as 7-segment OFF
Number Function 0 1
Bit0 Font size of 1st line 1X size
Bit1 Font size of 2nd line 1X size
Bit2 Font size of 3rd line 1X size
Bit3 Font size of 4th line 1X size
Bit4 Font size of 1st line 1X size
Bit5 Font size of 2nd line 4X size
Bit6 Font size of 3rd line 1X size
Attribute 2
Bit7 Font size of 4th line 1X size

Bit8 For setting clock display position "0" "1" "0" "1"
:Top :Bottom :Top :Bottom
"0" "0" "1" "1"
Bit10 Addition of clock display Disabled
Bit11 Key guide display Enabled
Bit12 Timer/counter box display Disabled
Bit15 Template function Used
4-50
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
8 8 2 0 1 8+4 = 12 1 2
=C
KV-700
KV-10/16/
Hex 8 8 2 0 1 C 1 2 24/40
The relationship between CM Nos. to be used in templates and pages in which settings
are reflected is as follows.
4
OPERATOR MODE
Page No. CM No.
For Template 1 For Template 2
0 CM0208 CM0209
1 CM0218 CM0219
2 CM0228 CM0229
3 CM0238 CM0239
4 CM0248 CM0249
5 CM0258 CM0259
6 CM0268 CM0269
7 CM0278 CM0279
8 CM0288 CM0289
9 CM0298 CM0299
10 CM0308 CM0309
11 CM0318 CM0319
12 CM0328 CM0329
13 CM0338 CM0339
14 CM0348 CM0349
15 CM0358 CM0359
16 CM0368 CM0369
17 CM0378 CM0379
18 CM0388 CM0389
19 CM0398 CM0399
[Tip]
Fixed Page No.+20 Template 1 → 8

(20 to 39) Template 2 → 9
If you use 2-word instructions (LDA.D/STA.D, DW.D, MOV.D, etc.) for setting the
display device attributes for setting templates 1 and 2, you can batch set templates
1 and 2.
4-51
Template 1 Details
This is the same function as Bits 4 to 7 of attribute setting 1.
KV-700 display start position can be freely set by setting the number of blank spaces at
KV-10/16/ the right end.
24/40
4 the range 0 to 15. For example, to leave blank spaces for one 2-byte character,
specify "2".
OPERATOR MODE
when "2" is set for the number of blank spaces, the blank space is for four single-
Up to 24 - 10 - 1 = 13
Sign
can be created.

6 cell

4-52
■ Number of blanks in each line (1st line: Bit4, 2nd line: Bit5, 3rd line: Bit6, 4th
line: Bit7 [default: 0 (specification on Bits 0 to 3 is not reflected)]
• Sets which line display to reflect the number of blank spaces at the right end of
the numerical value display specified at Bits 0 to 3.
Bit4 of CM 8 Reflect is display of 1st line.
Bit5 of CM 8 Reflect is display of 2nd line.
KV-700
Bit6 of CM 8 Reflect is display of 3rd line. KV-10/16/

24/40
Bit7 of CM 8 Reflect is display of 4th line.
• When the setting of Bits 0 to 3 are not reflected, the settings of Bits 4 to 7 of
attribute setting 1 are reflected. 4
OPERATOR MODE
Sample program: Batch setting of number of blank spaces
CR2002 #300000 #300001
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0002
#300002 #300003
Today's product schedule DW.D DW.D
Strawberry 452190 bags CM0004 CM0006
Orange 22360 bags
Grape 31300 bags $800001E2
DW.D
CM0208
Explanation
Display the values of DM00001, DM00002
and DM00003 shifted in batch two frames
(one 2-byte character) to the left so that
numbers do not overlap characters. The
comment of DM00000 is used as a name-
plate.
Comment

Data memory DM00000 Tod a y ' s pr oduc t schedu l e
DM00001 S t r awb e r r y bags
DM00002 Or ange bags
DM00003 Gr ape bags
4-53
■ Numerical value display ON/OFF (1st line: Bit8, 2nd line: Bit9, 3rd line: Bit10,
4th line: Bit11) [default: display of comment and numerical value)]
The same setting as Bit8 of attribute setting 1 can be made in batch on the page.
• Set numerical value display ON/OFF for each line.
To set the 1st line to just a comment, set Bit8 of CM 8 to ON.
KV-700 To set the 2nd line to just a comment, set Bit9 of CM 8 to ON.
KV-10/16/
24/40
To set the 3rd line to just a comment, set Bit10 of CM 8 to ON.
To set the 4th line to just a comment, set Bit11 of CM 8 to ON.
4
Sample program: Creation of a title screen
OPERATOR MODE

CR2002 #101000 #101001
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0002
Full Auto Checker #00000 #101002
DW.D DW.D
[Parts Analyzer A type] CM0004 CM0006
Tel 06-9999-9999 $80020B00
DW.D
CM0208
Explanation
Create a title screen using the comments of
relays 01000, 01001, and 01002.
As the 2nd line is displayed in 2X mode, a
device is not set to the 3rd line.
Comment
Relay 01000 Fu l l Au t o Checke r
01001 [ Pa r t s Ana l y z e r A t ype ]
01002 Te l 06 - 9999 - 9999
4-54
■ Numerical value font setting (1st line: Bit12, 2nd line: Bit13, 3rd line: Bit14, 4th
line: Bit15) [default: 0 (regular display)]
• Set the number font for each line.
To set the 1st line to 7-segment display, set Bit12 of CM 8 to ON.
To set the 2nd line to 7-segment display, set Bit13 of CM 8 to ON. KV-700
KV-10/16/
To set the 3rd line to 7-segment display, set Bit14 of CM 8 to ON. 24/40
To set the 4th line to 7-segment display, set Bit15 of CM 8 to ON.

• The number of characters that can be displayed in a single line is the same 24
single-byte characters as per normal.
4
OPERATOR MODE
　　　 1234
Sample program: Display of 7-segment numerical value

CR2002 #300000 #300001
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0002
DM　00000 #300002 #300003
DM　00001 DW.D DW.D
CM0004 CM0006
DM　00002
DM　00003 $8000F000
DW.D
CM0208
Explanation
Display the values of DM00000 to DM00003
in 7-segment font.
Comment
Data memory DM00000
DM00001
DM00002
DM00003
4-55
Template 2 Details
■ 2X display (1st line: Bit0, 2nd line: Bit1, 3rd line: Bit2, 4th line: Bit3)
[default: 0 (1X display)]
• Set 2X font display for each line.
KV-700
To set the 0th line to 2X display, set Bit0 of CM 9 to ON.
KV-10/16/
24/40 To set the 1st line to 2X display, set Bit1 of CM 9 to ON.
To set the 2nd line to 2X display, set Bit2 of CM 9 to ON.
4 To set the 3rd line to 2X display, set Bit3 of CM 9 to ON.
• When 2X display is selected, two lines are required for displaying text.
OPERATOR MODE
• Do not specify a device to the line following the line for which 2X display is
selected. When a device is specified, the specified device will be displayed in the
lower half of the 2X display, and text will no longer be displayed properly.
Feed Rate
DM 00100　　 00123
　　
　　　　　 2.00mm/min
Sample program: 2X display

CR2002 #300000 #00000
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0002
#300001 #00000
Product A　　　12345 DW.D
CM0004
DW.D
CM0006
Product B　　　23456 $80050000
DW.D
CM0208
Explanation
Display the values of DM00000 and
DM00001 in 2X display. The device is not
specified to the 2nd and 4th lines.
Comment

DM00001 Produc t B
4-56
■ 4X display (1st line: Bit4, 2nd line: Bit5, 3rd line: Bit6, 4th line: Bit7)
[default: 0 (2-byte)]
The same setting as Bit 1 of attribute setting 2 can be made in batch on the page.
• Set 4X font display for each line.
To set the 0th line to 4X display, set Bit4 of CM 9 to ON.
To set the 1st line to 4X display, set Bit5 of CM 9 to ON. KV-700
KV-10/16/
To set the 2nd line to 4X display, set Bit6 of CM 9 to ON. 24/40
To set the 3rd line to 4X display, set Bit7 of CM 9 to ON.

• When 4X display is selected, two lines are required for displaying text.
4
• Do not specify a device to the line following the line for which 4X display is
OPERATOR MODE
selected.
• When a device is specified, the specified device will be displayed in the lower half
of the 4X display, and text will no longer be displayed properly.
Feed Rate
DM 00100　　 00123
　　
2.00mm/min
• When both 2X display and 4X display are set simultaneously, priority is given to
4X display.
Sample program: 4X display

CR2002 #300000 #00000
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0002
#300001 #00000
Product A 1234 DW.D
CM0004
DW.D
CM0006
Product B 1234 $80500000
DW.D
CM0208
Explanation
Display the values of DM00000 and
DM00001 in 4X display.
The device is not specified to the 2nd and
4th lines.
Comment
DM00001 Produc t B
4-57
■ Addition of clock display (CM0009 Bit 19) [default: 0 (disabled)]

This function is for displaying the time of the KV-700 CPU Unit's internal clock in the
operator mode.
• To display the clock, set Bit1 of CM 9 to ON.
• The clock display can be set to four locations: top left, bottom left, top right, and
bottom right.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
Top left display Top right display
24/40
10:23:48 10:23:48
　　
10:23:48 10:23:48
4 Bottom left display Bottom right display
OPERATOR MODE
• With the clock display, the section that is selected on the regular screen for display
of the clock is overwritten with the current time. When a comment, for example,
is written, the current time is displayed on time and hides the comment under-
neath. Set the clock display taking its display position into consideration.
• The position of the clock display is determined by manipulating the following bits
of CM 9.
Clock Display Position Bit8 Bit9

Top left 0 0
Bottom left 1 0
Top right 0 1
Bottom right 1 1
Sample program: Addition of clock display

CR2002 #300001 $86000000
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0208
Time is 20:35:48
Explanation
The clock is displayed at the top right of the
screen. DM00001 is used for displaying the
comment.
Comment
Data memory DM00001 T ime i s
4-58
■ Key guide display (CM 9 Bit11) [default: 0 (disabled)]

This function is for displaying the comment set to the KV-D30's customized
switches (F1 to F4) in the display screen for the operator mode.
• To display the key guide, set Bit11 of CM 9 to ON.
• All key guide displays are displays on the 4th line of each page.
• The maximum number of characters that can be assigned to each key is six KV-700
(depending on the division line, the dividing line overlaps characters on the space KV-10/16/
at the 6th character). 24/40
• Device comments, setting values, etc. currently registered to the 4th line of each
page are not displayed as they are overwritten by the key guide.
4
• Key guides are displayed inverted on screen.
OPERATOR MODE
Sample program: Key guide display
CR2002 #800003 $88000000
DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0208
Today's delivery 2516
PRESET 8500
Explanation
RUN STOP TOTAL MAINT
The key guide is displayed at the bottom of
the screen, and a counter is displayed on
the 1st line.
Comment
Counter C003 Tod a y ' s de l i ve r y
Control relay CR3700 RU N
CR3701 STOP
CR3702 TO TA L
CR3703 MA I N T
4-59
■ Timer/counter box type display (CM 9 Bit12) [default: 0 (disabled)]

This function is for splitting the KV-D30 vertically into two parts to make a screen
that appears as if two electronic timers/counters have been placed side by side.
• To set the timer/counter box type display, set Bit2 of CM 9 to ON.
• Timer/counter comments, current values, and setting values can be set for
display.
KV-700
KV-10/16/ • Only setting values can be changed. Change these values as follows.
24/40
C 00000 T 00001
4 　
　
1234
1234 　
　 600
8000
Monitor state
OPERATOR MODE
x 1 second x 1 second or
C 00000 T 00001 C 00000 T 00001
　 1234
　
0000001234 　
600
8000
　
　
1234
1234
　
0000008000
600
C 00000 T 00001 C 00000 T 00001
　 1234
　
0000001239 　
600
8000
　
　
1234
1234
　
0000008009
600
C 00000 T 00001 C 00000 T 00001
　 1234
　 600 　 1234 　 600
0000001234 　 8000 　 1234 0000008000
C 00000 T 00001 C 00000 T 00001
　 1234
　 600 　 1234 　 600
0000001294 　 8000 　 1234 0000008090
• Switch whether to select left or right by key. (default: left)
• Move inverted cursor by key, and select digit to increment (decrement).
• Increment/decrement numerical value by / key. (0 to 4294967295)
• Changes to numerical values are reflected in real time.
Setting value change state
• Devices whose setting value has been write-protected by Bit14 of display device
attribute 1 cannot be changed. When the settings of both of the displayed devices
are set to write-protected, the state does not changed to the setting value change
state.
4-60
[Tip]
• When specifying a timer/counter as a box display, register to a CM for the display
device setting on the 1st and 2nd lines.
• On pages in which box display is set for timers and counters, the display device
setting on the 3rd and 4th lines is ignored.
• The display device of the 1st line is reflected on the left half of the screen, while KV-700
the display device of the 2nd line is reflected on the right half of the screen. When KV-10/16/
a display device has not been set (value of CM is #00000), the display is blank. 24/40
Product 1
1234 4
2345
OPERATOR MODE
• When a device other than a timer or counter is set, the message "- Out Of Range -"
is displayed.
• When an attempt is made to display an unregistered timer or counter that is not
listed on the ladder, the message "- Device Not Used -" is displayed.
Sample program: Timer/counter box type display

CR2002 #800005 #600004 $90000000
DW.D DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0002 CM0209
Visitors Rem. Time
1234 　 600 Explanation
1234 8000
The counter is displayed on the left, and the
timer is displayed on the right in box format.
Comment
Timer T004 R em . T i me
Counter C005 V i s i t o r s
4-61
■ Template ON/OFF setting (Bit15) [default: 0 (disabled)]

Sets the template function to ON/OFF. The template setting will not be enabled
unless this bit is ON.
• To enable the template function, set Bit15 of CM 9 to ON.
KV-700 Sample program: Use of template function

KV-10/16/
24/40
Operation screen display Explanation
When creating a screen like that on the left,
the attribute settings for when the template
4 Product 1 data
is not used and when it is used are as
No. produced 325 pcs. follows.
Defects 12 pcs.
OPERATOR MODE
Yield 32%
To disable use of the template function To enable use of the template function
CR2002 $00000100 CR2002 $800001E6
DW.D DW.D
CM0200 CM0209
$00000060
DW.D
CM0202
$00000060
DW.D
CM0204
$00000060
DW.D
CM0206
4-62
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
DIRECT ACCESS 5
DIRECT ACCESS
This chapter describes operational procedures in the Direct Access
mode.
5-1 About Direct Access ...........................................................5-2
5-2 Screen Operations in DM/CM Direct Access .................... 5-4
5-3 Screen Operations in T/C Direct Access .......................... 5-7
5-1
5-1 About Direct Access
5-1 About Direct Access

This section gives an overview of direct access. There are two types of direct access,
DM/CM direct access and T/C direct access.
■ DM/CM direct access

DM/CM direct access is equivalent to the digital trimmer function on the KV-10/16/
24/40 or KV-700 access window, and enables values of data memories (DM: when
the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected) or control memories (CM: when the KV-700 is
KV-700 connected) to be changed directly on the KV-D30.
KV-10/16/
24/40 When the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-10/16/24/40, the values of three DMs
(DM1677, DM1678 and DM1679) can be changed in real time.
When the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-700, the values of three CMs (CM0410,
5 CM0412 and CM0414) can be changed in real time.
DIRECT ACCESS
Flow of operation when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected

•Operator Mode 【 DM Direct Access】【 DM Direct Access】
•DM Direct Access DM 1677 120 DM 1677 20
•I/O Monitor ±　　　　　　　1 ±　　　　　　　10
Main menu Select changed DM. Change DM value.
Flow of operation when the KV-700 is connected

•Operator Mode 【CM Direct Access】【CM Direct Access】
•CM Direct Access CM 412 120 CM 412 20
Main menu Select changed CM. Change CM value.

Just like DM/CM direct access, the setting values of timers (T) and counters (C) can
be directly changed on the KV-D30.
When the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-10/16/24/40, the setting values of three
timers (T247, T248 and T249) and C counters (C247, C248 and C249) can be
changed in real time.
When the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-700, the setting values of three timers
(T500, T501 and T502) and C counters (C500, C501 and C502) can be changed
in real time.
Note: When a ladder program is write-protected by the MEMSW instruction, setting

values can be displayed but not changed.
Flow of operation when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected

Flow of operation when the KV-700 is connected

•CM Direct Access Product Count 120 Product Count 120
5-2
■ Differences between functions when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected and the
KV-700 is connected
With DM/CM direct accessing, there are no functional differences between when
the KV-D30 is connected to the KV-10/16/24/40 and when the KV-D30 is connected
to the KV-700.
Note, however, that as devices that can be operated when the KV-10/16/24/40 is
connected are 16 bits for DMs, the range that values can be changed becomes 0
to 65535. Also, as devices that can be operated when the KV-700 is connected are
32 bits for CMs, the range that values can be changed becomes 0 to 4294967295.
With CM direct accessing, CM0411 (when CM0410 is changed), CM0413 (when
KV-700
CM0412 is changed) and CM0415 (CM0414 is changed) also are used, so the
KV-10/16/
values of these devices also are changed. 24/40
In T/C direct accessing, the assigned timers/counters merely differ, and there are
no functional differences.
Note, however, that when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected, as timers/counters are
5
16 bits, the value that can be changed becomes 0 to 65535. Also, as timers and
DIRECT ACCESS
counters are 32 bits when the KV-700 is connected, the value that can be changed
becomes 0 to 4294967295.
5-3
5-2 Screen Operations in DM/CM Direct Access

This section describes how to operate screens in DM direct access.
Flow of Operations
The flow of operations in DM/CM direct access is as follows:
Step 1
Select DM/CM direct access.
Select "DM Direct Access" (when the KV-10/16/24/
KV-700 40 is connected), or select "CM Direct Access"
KV-10/16/ (when the KV-700 is connected) on the main menu.
24/40 The screen moves to the DM/CM direct access
screen.
5 Determine device to display/change. Step 2

On the DM/CM direct access screen, determine the
When changing device whose value is to be displayed or changed.
DIRECT ACCESS
value
Change and apply device values. Step 3

Change the numerical value by operating the
When continuing buttons.
changes to values To continue changing numerical values, repeat
steps 2 and 3.
When quitting
DM/CM direct access
menu, press the key. The main menu screen
can be returned to from any state screen.
5-4

The following shows the flow of screens displayed by DM direct access when the KV-
10/16/24/40 is connected.
•Operator Mode
•DM Direct Access
•I/O Monitor
Main menu
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
【 DM Direct Access】【 DM Direct Access】【 DM Direct Access】
DM 1677 120 DM 1677 120 DM 1677 120
±　　　　　　　1 ±　　　　　　　1 ± 10
5
【 DM Direct Access】【 DM Direct Access】【 DM Direct Access】
DM 1677 120 DM 1677 110
DIRECT ACCESS
DM 1678 4673
±　　　　　　　1 ± 10 ± 10
【 DM Direct Access】
DM 1679 2541
±　　　　　　　1
【 DM Direct Access】【 DM Direct Access】

DM 1677 120 DM 1677 20
• Select the device to
display/change by the key. ± 10000 ± 10
Note, however, that ENT on
the jog dial does not function. • Select the increment (decrement) by the key.
• Three devices within the range (1/10/100/1000/10000)
DM1677 to DM1679 can be • Increment/decrement numerical values by the / keys.
selected. (0 to 65535)
DM Direct Access Screen
[Tip]
• F1 to F4 customized switches and LED1 to LED4 customized LEDs are enabled
in all states.
• To lock the display screen, hold down the key together with the ( ) key
for three seconds. This sets/cancels the lock setting.
• The DM for direct access used at DM1676 can be restricted.
• Values can be changed within the range 0 to 65535.
• Device comments are displayed when set.
• The increment (decrement) amount is stored to memory while the power is ON.
• Numerical values can be set and changed in either of the RUN or PROGRAM
modes.
Note: When the current value of a DM has been incremented/decremented, the

time it takes for the new setting to be reflected in the DM is the longer of
5-5

The following shows the flow of screens displayed by CM direct access when the KV-
700 is connected.
•Operator Mode
•CM Direct Access
•Alarm Menu
Main menu
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
【 CM Direct Access】【 CM Direct Access】【 CM Direct Access】
CM 410 120 CM 410 120 CM 410 120
±　　　　　　　1 ±　　　　　　　1 ± 10
5
【 CM Direct Access】【 CM Direct Access】【 CM Direct Access】
CM 410 120 CM 410 110
DIRECT ACCESS
CM 412 4673
±　　　　　　　1 ± 10 ± 10
【 CM Direct Access】
CM 414 2541
±　　　　　　　1
【 CM Direct Access】【 CM Direct Access】

CM 410 120 CM 410 20
• Select the device to
Note, however, that ENT on
the jog dial does not function. • Select the increment (decrement) by the key.
• Three devices within the range (1/10/100/1000/10000/100000/1000000/10000000/
CM0410 to CM0414 can be 100000000/1000000000)
selected. • Increment/decrement numerical values by the / keys.
(0 to 4294967295)
CM Direct Access Screen
[Tip]
in all states.
• The CM for direct access used at CM0400 can be restricted.
• In CM direct accessing, as CM0411 (when CM0410 is changed), CM0413 (when
CM0412 is changed), and CM0415 (when CM0414 is changed) also are used, the
values of these devices also are changed.
modes.
Note: When the current value of a CM has been incremented/decremented, the

time it takes for the new setting to be reflected in the CM is the longer of
5-6
5-3 Screen Operations in T/C Direct Access

This section describes how to operate screens in T/C direct access.
Flow of Operations
The flow of operations in T/C direct access is as follows:
Step 1
Select T/C direct access. Select "T/C Direct Access" on the main menu. The
screen moves to the T/C direct access screen. KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
Determine the device to display/change/.

Step 2
On the T/C direct access screen, determine the
5
When changing device whose value is to be displayed or changed.
DIRECT ACCESS
setting values
Step 3
Change and apply setting values. Change the numerical value by operating the
buttons.
When continuing To continue changing numerical values, repeat
changes to values steps 2 and 3.
When quitting
T/C direct access

menu, press the key. The main menu sc
5-7

The following shows the flow of screens displayed by T/C direct access when the KV-
10/16/24/40 is connected.
•Operator Mode
•DM Direct Access
•I/O Monitor
Main menu
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
【 T/C Direct Access 】【 T/C Direct Access 】【 T/C Direct Access 】

Product Count 120 Product Count 120 Product Count 120
PRESET 10000 PRESET 10000 PRESET 11010
5 ± 1 ± 1 ± 10
DIRECT ACCESS

Timer 4908 Product Count 120 Product Count 120
± 1 ± 10 ± 10
【 T/C Direct Access 】

C 00249 1000
PRESET 5000
± 1

• Select the device to Product Count 120 Product Count 120
Note, however, that ENT on the
jog dial does not function. • Select the increment (decrement) by the key.
• Three devices within the range (1/10/100/1000/10000)
T247 to T249 can be selected. • Increment/decrement numerical values by the / keys.
• Three devices within the range (0 to 65535)
C247 to C249 can be selected. • Digits are rounded up.
T/C Direct Access Screen
[Tip]
in all states.
• The T/C for direct access used at DM1676 can be restricted.
modes.
5-8
Note: • When a timer or counter assigned to T/C direct access does not exist on the
program, the message "- Device Not Used -" is displayed when the
corresponding screen is displayed.
• When the current value of a timer/counter has been incremented/
decremented, the time it takes for the new setting to be reflected in the timer/
counter is the longer of maximum two scans or 100 ms.
Screen Hierarchy when the KV-700 is Connected KV-700
KV-10/16/
The following shows the flow of screens displayed by T/C direct access when the KV- 24/40
700 is connected.
•Operator Mode
•CM Direct Access
5
•Alarm Menu
DIRECT ACCESS
Main menu

Product Count 120 Product Count 120 Product Count 120
± 1 ± 1 ± 10

Timer 120 Product Count 120 Product Count 120
± 1 ± 10 ± 10

C 00502 120
PRESET 10000
± 1

• Select the device to Product Count 120 Product Count 120
Note, however, that ENT on the
jog dial does not function. • Select the increment (decrement) by the key.
• Three devices within the range (1/10/100/1000/10000/100000/1000000/10000000/
T500 to T502 can be selected. 100000000/1000000000)
• Three devices within the range • Increment/decrement numerical values by the / keys.
C500 to C502 can be selected. (0 to 4294967295)
T/C Direct Access Screen
5-9
[Tip]
in all states.
• The T/C for direct access used at CM0400 can be restricted.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
5 modes.
DIRECT ACCESS
Note: • When a timer or counter assigned to T/C direct access does not exist on the
program, the message "- Device Not Used -" is displayed when the
corresponding screen is displayed.
• When the current value of a timer/counter has been incremented/
decremented, the time it takes for the new setting to be reflected in the timer/
counter is the longer of maximum two scans or 100 ms.
5-10
KV-700
I/O MONITOR MODE KV-10/16/

24/40
This chapter describes operational procedures in the I/O Monitor

mode. The I/O Monitor mode can be used only when the KV-10/16/
24/40 is connected.
6
I/O MONITOR MODE

6-1 About the I/O Monitor Mode ............................................... 6-2
6-2 I/O Monitor Mode Screen Operations ............................... 6-3
6-1
6-1 About the I/O Monitor Mode
6-1 About the I/O Monitor Mode

This section gives an overview of the I/O Monitor mode.
The I/O Monitor mode can be used only when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected.
■ What is the I/O monitor mode?

In the I/O mode, the I/O state of the KL and unit connection information can be
monitored simultaneously on up to three channels.
The I/O Monitor mode function can be used only when the KV-10/16/24/40 is
connected. It is not available when the KV-700 is connected.
KV-700
Flow of operations
KV-10/16/
24/40 •Operator Mode 　【 I/O INPUT 】　【 KL INPUT 】
•DM Direct Access RLY 00000 DM 1600
•T/C Direct Access RLY 00100 DM 1601
•I/O Monitor RLY 00200 DM 1602
6 I/O monitor KL monitor

I/O MONITOR MODE
6-2
6-2 I/O Monitor Mode Screen Operations

This section describes how to operate each of the screens in the I/O Monitor mode.
Flow of Operations
The flow of operations in the I/O Monitor mode is as follows:
Step 1
Select the I/O monitor mode.
Select "I/O Monitor Mode" at the main menu. The
screen moves to the I/O monitor screen.
Step 2
Select the display device.
Select the device to display by operating the KV-700
buttons, and confirm the details. Two screen KV-10/16/
states are provided: I/O monitor and KL monitor 24/40
When continuing the monitor state.
When quitting I/O monitor

6
I/O MONITOR MODE

Step 3
Return to main menu screen.
To end confirmation of comments and return to
the main menu screen, press the key. The
main menu screen can be returned to from any
state screen.
6-3
Screen Hierarchy in I/O Monitor Mode

In the I/O Monitor mode, the KL input (IN) and output (OUT) states, and connection
information (USE) ON/OFF states can be monitored.
ON states are indicated by " " and OFF states are indicated by "_".
Bits are assigned delimited four bits at a time from the right edge "0, 1, 2 ... 15".
•Operator Mode
•DM Direct Access
•I/O Monitor
Main menu
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
　【 I/O INPUT 】　【 KL INPUT 】
RLY 00000 DM 1600
RLY 00100 DM 1601
RLY 00200 DM 1602
6
I/O MONITOR MODE
　【 I/O OUTPUT 】　【 KL OUTPUT 】

RLY 00500 DM 1700
RLY 00600 DM 1701
RLY 00700 DM 1702
　【 I/O　USE 】　【 KL USE 】
DM 1937 DM 1810
　【 I/O INPUT 】 DM 1811
RLY 00000 DM 1812
• Select the display device No. • Select the display device No.
by the / key. by the / key.
I/O monitor screen KL monitor screen

• Select the display device type by the key. (I/O, KL)
• Select the display device No. by the / key. (IN • OUT • USE)
[Tip]
• During ( ) key operations, ON/OFF states are not displayed, and only device
Nos. are displayed.
• Holding down keys scrolls screens faster. (turbo function)
• In all modes, F1 to F4 customized switches and LED1 to LED4 customized LEDs
are enabled.
• "Display Screen Setting Function" page 10-10
6-4
The table below shows the information that is displayed in the KV's I/O Monitor mode.
Mode (series) Item Relay/DM No.
I/O IN 00000 to 00415
OUT 00500 to 00915
USE DM1937
KL IN DM1600 to 1663
OUT DM1700 to 1763
USE DM1810 to 1825
* The default display information is "I/O-IN" "00000" ("00100": in case of the KV-40),
"I/O-OUT" "00500", and "I/O-USE" "DM1937".
Relays "00100 to 00415" and "00600 to 00915" for the expansion unit are not
KV-700
displayed unless the expansion unit corresponding to that No. is connected.
KV-10/16/
On the KL, these relays are not displayed unless special auxiliary relay 2700 is ON. 24/40
[Tip] 6
The Nos. of each bit can be confirmed by the bit guide at the bottom of the display
panel.
I/O MONITOR MODE

Bit guide
6-5
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
6
I/O MONITOR MODE
6-6
ALARM FUNCTIONS
This chapter describes the procedure for operations in the alarm KV-700
functions. KV-10/16/
24/40
7-1 Alarm Functions .................................................................7-2

7
ALARM FUNCTIONS
7-2 How to Operate in the Alarm Function Screen ................ 7-3
7-3 Alarm Function Program ....................................................7-7
7-1
7-1 Alarm Functions
7-1 Alarm Functions

This section briefly describes alarm functions. Alarm functions can be used only when
the KV-700 is connected.
■ What is the "Alarm Function?"

This function allows you to check alarm states on the KV-700. This menu contains
the "Alarm Monitor function" that allows you to monitor control relays (CR) for
alarms, the "Alarm Record function" that allows you to check the ON/OFF history
of control relays (CR) for internal alarms on the KV-700, and the "Alarm Record
Clear function" that allows you to clear the alarm history.
The alarm function can be used only when the KV-700 is connected. It is not
available when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected.
Flow of operations
KV-700
KV-10/16/ 【 Alarm Monitor 】

　　　　　　　　 01/05
24/40 Out materials. Fill!
Monitor for alarm relay
7 •Operator Mode
•CM Direct Access
【 ALARM MENU 】
•Alarm Monitor
•Alarm Record
【 Alarm Record 】01/05
2000/08/28 19:02:02OFF
Main menu Alarm menu display Display of alarm record
ALARM FUNCTIONS

•Clear: [ENTER]
•Stop: [M]
Clear alarm record
7-2
7-2 How to Operate in the Alarm Function Screen

This section describes the procedure for operations in each of the alarm function
screens.
For details on the alarm functions, also read the KV-700 User's Manual.
Flow of Operations
Three types of alarm functions are provided: "alarm monitor function," "alarm record
function" and "alarm record clear."
■ Alarm monitor function

The following shows the flow of operations in the alarm monitor function.
Select alarm menu. Step 1

Select "Alarm Menu" from main menu. The screen
KV-700
moves to the alarm menu screen.
KV-10/16/
24/40
Select alarm monitor. Step 2
Select "Alarm monitor" from the alarm menu. The
screen moves to the alarm monitor screen.
7
Check alarm. Step 3
ALARM FUNCTIONS
Check the alarm relays that are currently ON by
button operation.
To continue check
To end alarm monitor

To end the alarm menu, and return to the main
menu screen, press the key twice. The
screen changes to the alarm menu screen to
return to the main menu screen.
7-3
■ Alarm record function

The following shows the flow of operations in the alarm record function.

Select alarm record. Step 2

Select "Alarm record" from the alarm menu. The
screen moves to the alarm history screen.
Check alarm record. Step 3

Select the alarm record to confirm by button
operation, and check the contents of the alarms.
To continue check
To end alarm history
KV-700 Return to main menu screen Step 4

To end the alarm record, and return to the main
KV-10/16/
menu screen, press the key twice. The alarm
24/40
menu screen returns to the main menu screen.
7
■ Alarm record clear function
ALARM FUNCTIONS
The following shows the flow of operations in the alarm record clear function.

Select alarm record clear. Step 2

Select "Alarm record clear" from the alarm menu.
The screen moves to the clear alarm record
confirmation screen.
Step 3
Clear alarm record.
Clear the alarm record by button operation. The
clear alarm record completion screen is dis-
played.
Return to main menu screen Step 4

To clear the alarm record, and return to the main
menu screen, press the key twice. The alarm
menu screen returns to the main menu screen.
7-4
Screen Hierarchy in the Alarm Menu

The following shows the flow of screens that are displayed in the alarm menu.
•Operator Mode 　【ALARM MENU 】

•CM Direct Access •Alarm Monitor
•T/C Direct Access •Alarm Record
Main menu Alarm menu display
Alarm monitor Alarm record Alarm record clear
　【Alarm Monitor】【Alarm Record】01/05

　　　　　　　　 01/05 2000/08/28 19:02:02 ON 【Alarm Record Clear】
Out materials. Fill! Out materials. Fill!
•Clear: [ENTER]
•Stop: [M]
Clear alarm record KV-700

　【Alarm Monitor】【Alarm Record】02/05
　　　　　　　　 02/05 2000/08/28 19:02:02OFF confirmation screen
KV-10/16/
Head dirty! Head dirty!
x 1 sec. 24/40

Clear alarm record
completed 7
Clear alarm record
ALARM FUNCTIONS
　【Alarm Monitor】【Alarm Record】05/05 completion screen
　　　　　　　　 05/05 2000/08/28 17:12:03OFF
CR 3413 CR 3315
Check the alarm state by the / Check the alarm record by the /
keys. Alarms having higher priority keys. Newer records are displayed in
are displayed in previous page. previous page.
Alarm monitor screen Alarm record screen
[Tip]
• Select display/hide of the screen at CM0400.
• Device comments are displayed if they are set to alarm relays.
7-5
■ About the Alarm Monitor display screen

The Alarm Relay Monitor displays the alarm relays that are currently ON. The
content of the Alarm Monitor display is as follows.
Priority of display alarm relay

/total number of ON alarm relays
　【Alarm Monitor】
　　　　　　　　 01/05
Out materials. Fill! Comment of currently displayed alarm relay
(Device No. is displayed when comment
is not registered.)
• When CR3713 is ON, and other screens are displayed, the alarm relay having the
highest priority (smallest relay No.) is displayed blinking if it is ON. Alarm relays
are displayed blinking in the Alarm Relay Monitor regardless of the ON/OFF
setting of CR3713. At this time, blinking can be stopped by pressing any of the
operation setting switches ( , , , , ).
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
■ About the Alarm Record display screen
In the alarm record, the ON/OFF history of alarm relays recorded to the KV-700 is
7 displayed.
ALARM FUNCTIONS
Order of displayed record

(in order of newest)/total number of records
【Alarm Record】 01/05
2000/08/28 19:02:02 ON
Out materials. Fill! Relay ON/OFF
Time occurred
Comment of currently displayed alarm relay

(Device No. is displayed when comment
is not registered.)
• A record of when alarm relays change state from OFF to ON is recorded at all
times.
• The record of when alarm relays change state from ON to OFF is displayed only
when CR3501 is ON.
7-6
7-3 Alarm Function Program

This section describes how to program the alarm function.
Setting Control Relays for Alarms

Set the control relays for alarms. The functions of the control relays for alarms are as follows.
Control Relay No. Function OFF (default) ON

CR3300 For alarm relay 1 Alarm OFF Alarm ON
KV-700
CR3306 For alarm relay 7 Alarm OFF Alarm ON KV-10/16/
CR3307 For alarm relay 8 Alarm OFF Alarm ON 24/40

CR3309 For alarm relay 10 Alarm OFF Alarm ON 7
ALARM FUNCTIONS
CR3500 Alarm operation in progress relay No alarms are ON. One alarm is ON.
CR3501 Display record at alarm relay ON→OFF Display OFF Display ON
CR3713 Alarm interrupt enable relay Inhibited Enabled
7-7
Note: • Turn alarm relays ON/OFF by the SET/RES or KEEP instruction.

• To use the alarm interrupt function, turn CR3713 ON, and enable migration
to the alarm menu by CM0400.
Alarm Display
The procedure for setting alarm displays is as follows.
[Tip]
• Device comments are displayed if they are set to control relays for alarms when
an alarm occurs.
KV-700 • Only comments entered to "Comment 1" can be displayed.
KV-10/16/
24/40
• Comments up to 32 characters (16 2-byte characters) are allowed.
7 Sample program: Display of alarm

Operator screen display
ALARM FUNCTIONS
　【Alarm Monitor】　【Alarm Monitor】

　　　　　　　　 01/05 　　　　　　　　 01/01
Emer stop switch Entry in hazard
was pressed. zone!!
　【Alarm Monitor】　【Alarm Monitor】

　　　　　　　　 01/02 　　　　　　　　 01/01
Work blockage Cooling water
temp. has risen.
7-8
Ladder program Explanation
CR2008 $1001 CR3713 Each of the alarms turns ON when inputs

DW SET
CM0400 00000 to 00003 turn ON. To use the alarm
00000 KEEP interrupt function, CR3713 must be turned ON
SET
CR3300
in advance, and migration to the alarm menu
00000 must be enabled by CM0400.
RES
00001 KEEP
SET
CR3301
00001
RES
00002 KEEP
SET
CR3302
00002
RES
00003 KEEP
SET
CR3303
00003
RES
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
Comment
Device No. Comment 1 7
Control relay CR3300 Eme r s t op sw i t c h was p r essed .
ALARM FUNCTIONS
CR3301 Ent r y i n haza r d zone ! !
CR3302 Wo r k b l ockage
CR3303 Coo l i ng wa t e r t emp . has r i sen .
7-9
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
7
ALARM FUNCTIONS
7-10
MEMORY CARD FUNCTION AND CLOCK
DISPLAY FUNCTION
This chapter describes the procedure for operations in the Memory
Card and clock display functions. These functions can be used only
when the KV-700 is connected. KV-700
KV-10/16/
8-1 Memory Card Function and Clock Display Function ...... 8-2 24/40
8-2 How to Operate in the Memory Card Function Screen ... 8-3
8
8-3 How to Operate in the Clock Display Function Screen ... 8-6
MEMORY CARD FUNCTION AND CLOCK DISPLAY FUNCTION
8-1
8-1 Memory Card Function and Clock Display Function
8-1 Memory Card Function and Clock Display Function

This section briefly describes the Memory Card and clock display functions. These
functions can be used only when the KV-700 is connected.
Memory Card Function

■ What is the "Memory Card Function?"
This function allows you to access the Memory Card currently inserted in the KV-
700 from the KV-D30. It also allows you to read ladder program data, display a list
of files, and display free space on Memory Card from the KV-D30.
Flow of operations
Load
Load OK?
KVSAVE00〈 D 〉
Load Ladder Program

•Alarm Menu 【 MEMORY CARD 】 .　　　〈D〉
•Memory Card •Load Ladder Program . .　　　〈 D 〉
KV-700 •View Clock •File List KVSAVE00.ZCD
•Key/LED Comments •View Free Space KVSAVE01.ZCT
KV-10/16/
24/40 Main menu Memory Card File List
menu display Free Space
　　 1004477KByte
8 View Free Space

Clock Display Function

■ What is the "Clock Display Function?"
This function allows the time according to the KV-700's internal clock to be
displayed on the KV-D30.
Flow of operations
•Alarm Menu
•Memory Card 2000/03/18 Wed
•View Clock
•Key/LED Comments 08:56:10
Main menu Time display
8-2
8-2 How to Operate in the Memory Card Function Screen

This section describes the procedure for operations in each of the Memory Card
function screens.
For details on the Memory Card functions, also read the KV-700 User's Manual.
Flow of Operations
There are three Memory Card functions; "load ladder program", "file list ", and "view
free space."
■ Load ladder program function

With load ladder program, use the KV-D30 to read ladder program data on the
Memory Card currently inserted in KV-700 to the KV-700.
• Loading of ladder program data is available only when the KV-700 unit is in the
PROGRAM mode.
• Only one item of ladder program data can be read to the KV-700.
• When new ladder program data is load, data so far is deleted from the KV-700. KV-700
The following shows the flow of operations in the load ladder program function. KV-10/16/
24/40
Select Memory Card. Step 1

Select "Memory Card" from main menu. The
screen moves to the Memory Card menu screen. 8
Step 2

Select load ladder program.
Select "Load ladder program" from the Memory
Card menu. The screen moves to the project
folder selection menu.
Select ladder file to load. Step 3

Select the project folder to read the file from by
button operation. The load file confirmation screen
is displayed
Load ladder file. Step 4

Load the ladder program file by button operation.
The file loading in progress screen is displayed,
followed by the load file completion screen.
To end loading of files

To end file loading and return to the main menu
screen, press the key twice. The Memory
Card menu screen returns to the main menu
screen.
8-3
■ File list display function

With file list, you can monitor files on the Memory Card currently inserted in KV-700
from the KV-D30.
The following shows the flow of operations in the file list display function.
Select the Memory Card. Step 1

screen moves to the Memory Card menu screen.
Select the file list. Step 2

Select "File list" from the Memory Card menu. The
screen moves to the file list display screen.
Check the file contents. Step 3

Check the contents of the file by button operation.
To end file list display

To end the file list display, and return to the main
KV-700 Memory Card menu screen returns to the main
KV-10/16/
menu screen.
24/40
■ Memory Card free space display function

8 With "View free space", you can monitor free space on the Memory Card currently
inserted in KV-700 from the KV-D30.
The following shows the flow of operations in the Memory Card free space display
function.
Select the Memory Card. Step 1

screen moves to the Memory Card menu screen.
Check free space. Step 2

Select "View free space" from the Memory Card
menu. The Memory Card free space confirmation
in progress screen is displayed, following by the
Memory Card free space screen.
Check the free space on the Memory Card.

To end the Memory Card free space display, and
return to the main menu screen, press the
key twice. The Memory Card menu screen returns
to the main menu screen.
8-4
Screen Hierarchy in the Memory Card menu

The following shows the flow of screens that are displayed in the Memory Card menu.
•Alarm Menu 　【MEMORY CARD】

•Memory Card •Load Ladder Program
•View Clock •File List
•Key/LED Comments •View Free Space
Alarm Menu Memory Card menu display
Load ladder program File list View free space
KVSAVE00〈 D 〉 KVSAVE00〈 D 〉 Free space

KVSAVE01〈 D 〉 KVSAVE01〈 D 〉　　 Processing・・・
KVSAVE02〈 D 〉 KVSAVE02〈 D 〉
Free space confirmation

KVSAVE00〈 D 〉 in progress screen
KVSAVE01〈 D 〉
KVSAVE02〈 D 〉
KVSAVE03〈 D 〉
Free space
1004477KByte KV-700
• Select the project folder to read
by the / keys. • Select the project folder to KV-10/16/
• Use the key to view the display by the / keys. 24/40
Free space confirmation
details of the folder. • Use the key to view the
completion screen
details of the folder.
Project folder is selected.
Project folder is selected. 8

Load
　Load OK?
KVSAVE00〈 D 〉
.　　　〈D〉
. .　　　〈 D 〉
Load file confirmation screen KVSAVE00.ZCD
KVSAVE01.ZCT
x 1 sec.
Load
　 DM　　　　.ZDV
KVSAVE00.ZCD CM　　　　.ZDV
　　　 30% R 　　　　.ZDV
CR .ZDV
Loading file screen
• Check the contents of the file by

Load the / keys.
　
　Loaded • Use the key to view the
details of the folder.
Load file completion screen File is selected.
[Tip]
Note: After reading of data is finished, the mode sometimes changes (CM0400),
user message is sometimes displayed (CR2900, CR2901), and alarms are
sometimes displayed (CR3300 to CR3415) depending on the device informa-
tion of the project that was read.
8-5
8-3 How to Operate in the Clock Display Function Screen
8-3 How to Operate in the Clock Display Function Screen

This section describes the procedure for operations in each of the clock display
function screens.
For details on the clock display function, also read the KV-700 User's Manual.
Flow of Operations
The following shows the flow of operations in the clock display function.
Select view clock Step 1

Select "View clock" from main menu. The screen
moves to the view clock screen.
Display time. Step 2

The time of the KV-700's internal calender timer is
displayed.

To end the clock display and return to the main
KV-700 screen returns to the main menu screen.
KV-10/16/
24/40
Screen Hierarchy in the Clock Display

8 The following shows the flow of screens that are displayed in the clock display.
•T/Direct Access
•Alarm Menu
•Memory Card
•View Clock
Main menu
2000/03/18 Wed
08:56:10
Clock display screen
[Tip]
• By the clock display, the time of the KV-700's internal calendar timer is displayed.
Note: The time cannot be adjusted from the KV-D30. Adjust the time in the KV-700's
access window or on KV BUILDER.
"KV-700 User's Manual", "KV BUILDER User's Manual"
8-6
SWITCH/LED COMMENTS
This chapter describes screen operations in the switch/LED comment
display screens, and how to operate the customized switches and
LEDs.
9-1 About the Switch/LED Comment Display Screen ............ 9-2
9-2 Screen Operations in Switch/LED Comment Display KV-700
Screen ..................................................................................9-3 KV-10/16/

24/40
9-3 About Customized Switches and Customized LEDs ...... 9-5

9
SWITCH/LED COMMENTS
9-1
9-1 About the Switch/LED Comment Display Screen
9-1 About the Switch/LED Comment Display Screen

This section gives an overview of the switch/LED comment display screen.
■ What is the switch/LED comment display screen?

This function is for displaying the comments of the relays (when the KV-10/16/24/
40 is connected: 2500 to 2507, and when the KV-700 is connected: CR3700 to
CR3707) assigned to the KV-D30 customized LEDs (LED1 to LED4) and custom-
ized switches (F1 to F4).
When comments are not registered, the device type and No. are displayed.
Flow of operations when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected

•DM Direct Access F1: Clear Count LED1: Target Reached
•T/C Direct Access F2: + Speed LED2: Excessive Defects
•I/O Monitor F3: - Speed LED3: RLY2506

Flow of operations when the KV-700 is connected
•Alarm Menu F1: Clear Count LED1: Target Reached

•Memory Card F2: + Speed LED2: Excessive Defects
•View Clock F3: - Speed LED3: RLY2506
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
9 ■ Differences between functions when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected and the

KV-700 is connected
The only difference when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected and the KV-700 is
SWITCH/LED COMMENTS
connected is that assigned relays differ. Relay assignments to customized switches

and customized LEDs are as follows:
Relay No. when Relay No. when
Switch/LED Name the KV-10/16/24/40 is the KV-700 is
connected connected
Customized switch 1 (F1) 2500 CR3700
Customized LED 1 (LED1) 2504 CR3704
9-2
9-2 Screen Operations in Switch/LED Comment Display Screen

This section describes how to operate each of the screens on the switch/LED comment
display screen.
Flow of Operations
The flow of operations in the switch/LED comment display screen is as follows:
Step 1
Select switch/LED comment.
Select "Switch/LED Comments" on the main menu. The
screen moves to the switch comment display screen.
Check customized switch comment. Step 2

Fix the comments set to each customized switch on the
switch comment display screen.
Step 3
Check customized LED comment.
Change the screen to the LED comment display screen
by button operation.
Fix the comments set to the each customized LED.
When quitting confirmation

of comments
To end confirmation of comments and return to the
main menu screen, press the key. The main menu KV-700
screen can be returned to from any state screen.
KV-10/16/
24/40
SWITCH/LED COMMENTS
9-3

The following shows the flow of screens displayed by switch/LED comments when the
KV-10/16/24/40 is connected.
•DM Direct Access

•I/O Monitor
•Key/LED Comments
Main menu

F3: - Speed LED3: RLY2506
Switch comment display screen LED comment display screen
[Tip]
• Select display/hide of the screen at DM1676.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40 • Contact comments are displayed when set. When comments are not set, the
device type and No. are displayed.
9
SWITCH/LED COMMENTS
The following shows the flow of screens displayed by switch/LED comments when the
KV-700 is connected.
•Alarm Menu
•Memory Card
•View Clock
•Key/LED Comments
Main menu

F3: – Speed LED3: RLY2506
Switch comment display screen LED comment display screen
[Tip]
• Select display/hide of the screen at CR0400.
• Contact comments are displayed when set. When comments are not set, the
device type and No. are displayed.
9-4
9-3 About Customized Switches and Customized LEDs

The following describes how to operate customized switches and customized LEDs.
What is a Customized Switch or Customized LED?

Customized switches and customized LEDs are the F1 to F4 switches and LED1 to
LED4 LEDs provided on the KV-D30.
Each of the switches and LEDs are assigned to relays (when the KV-10/16/24/40 is
connected) or control relays (when the KV-700 is connected), and can be used in
ladder programs in the same way as externally connected switches and LEDs.
The following table shows the relationship between customized switches and custom-
ized LEDs.
Relay No. when Relay No. when

Switch/LED Name the KV-10/16/24/40 is the KV-700 is
connected connected
Customized LED 2 (LED2) 2505 CR3705 KV-700
Customized LED 3 (LED3) 2506 CR3706 KV-10/16/

24/40
9
Flow of Operations
SWITCH/LED COMMENTS
The flow of operations for customized switches/customized LEDs is as follows:
Customized switches
Step 1
Press customized switch.
Press one of the four customized switches on the KV-D30.
Step 2
Assigned relay turns ON.
The assigned relay (when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected)
and control relay (when the KV-700 is connected) turn ON.
Customized LEDs
Assigned relay/CR turns ON. Step 1

The assigned relay (when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected)
and control relay (when the KV-700 is connected) turn ON
Customized LED lights. Step 2

The customized LED stays lit for the time that the relay/control
relay is ON.
9-5
Sample program: Setting the customized switches

Display on operator screen Ladder program
KV-10/16/24/40 KV-700
2500 0500 CR3700 00500
2501 0501 CR3701 00501
2502 0502 CR3702 00502
2503 0503 CR3703 00503
Explanation
Output 0500 turns ON when customized switch F1 turns ON.
Sample program: Setting the customized LEDs

KV-700
KV-10/16/ KV-10/16/24/40 KV-700

24/40
0000 2504 00000 CR3704
9 0001 2505 00001 CR3705
0002 2506 00002 CR3706

SWITCH/LED COMMENTS
0003 2507 00003 CR3707
Explanation
Customized LED1 turns ON while input 0000 is turned ON.
9-6
OTHER FUNCTIONS
This chapter describes other functions unique to the KV-D30 that
cannot be used on the main menu.
10-1 About Other Functions ..................................................... 10-2
10-2 Other Functions When the KV-10/16/24/40 Is Connected ....

............................................................................................10-4
10-3 Other Functions When the KV-700 Is Connected ........10-14 KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
10
OTHER FUNCTIONS
10-1
10-1 About Other Functions

This section gives an overview of other functions that cannot be selected on the main
menu.
Other Functions When the KV-10/16/24/40 Is Connected

The following describes other functions that cannot be selected on the main menu
when the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected.

This function is equivalent to the user message function for the KV-10/16/24/40 access
window. On the KV-D30, comments can be displayed in addition to numerical value
display that is possible on the KV-10/16/24/40.

Japanese.
Buzzer/external output function

buzzer. This function can be interlocked with operation of an external signal tower.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40 On the KV-D30, the color and display format of the screen display backlight can be set.
10 Key lock function

OTHER FUNCTIONS


10-2
Other Functions When the KV-700 Is Connected

The following describes other functions that cannot be selected on them main menu
when the KV-700 is selected.
Unit Monitor function

The setting status of the expansion units (A/D Conversion Unit, Multi-communications
Unit, etc.) and the ON/OFF status of relays/control relays connected to the KV-700 can
be monitored.

This function is equivalent to the user message function for the KV-700 access window.
On the KV-D30, comments can be displayed in addition to numerical value display that
is possible on the KV-700.

Japanese.
Buzzer function
buzzer
External output function

Signal towers and other devices can be operated by using KV-D30's output terminals.
Backlight change function KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
Page switching function

On the KV-D30, you can set page switching in the operator mode in the ladder program. 10
OTHER FUNCTIONS
Key lock function


Current page No. storage function

This functions allows you store the currently displayed page No. currently displayed in
the KV-D30's operator mode to control memory.
Page/scroll inhibit function

This function allows you to inhibit page switching in the KV-D30's operator mode.
10-3
10-2 Other Functions When the KV-10/16/24/40 Is Connected

This section describes how to set other functions that cannot be selected on the main menu
when connected to the KV-10/16/24/40.
User Message Functions

The user message function is the equivalent of the user message window function of the KV-
10/16/24/40 access window.
Only numerical values are displayed on the KV-10/16/24/40. However, comments can be
displayed on the KV-D30.
The message display is a single-byte 16 character x 2-line single-byte 32 character display.
In the access window, when user message display relay 2515 turns ON, the user message is
displayed by entering the specified number to DM1950. However, on the KV-D30, the contact
comment of that device is displayed by entering the value obtained by converting from each
device in the same way as the operator screen. Note, however, that accurate values are not
displayed on the access window of the KV-10/16/24/40.
To cancel the user message, press one of the setting operation switches ( , , , , ).
(This operation is possible when key lock is enabled.)
The backlight blinks when a user message is displayed.

Instruction Operand DM1950 Setting Device No. + Extra
Timer T000 to 249 20000 to 20249 Timer No. + 20000
KV-700
KV-10/16/
Counter C000 to 249 21000 to 21249 Counter No. + 21000
24/40 High-speed counter comparator CTC0 to 3 22000 to 22003 CTC No. + 22000
10 Temporary data memory TM00 to 31 24000 to 24031 TM No. + 24000

OTHER FUNCTIONS
Note: Do not set numbers other than those above to DM1950.
[Example]
When a value that instructs a device for displaying a comment is entered to DM1950, and
user message display relay 2515 turns ON, the details of that message are displayed at KV-
D30.
By writing the following ladder rung, the device comment "Supply screws" of enable relay
0001 is displayed as a message.
0001 1000 1000 #40001 DM1950 2515

DIFU LDA STA SET
Enabled
Supply screws. Specification for displaying comment of relay 0001
Contact comment "Relay 0001 turns ON."
【 Message 】
Supply Screws
10-4
Note: • To leave the left end blank when using LADDER BUILDER for KV Ver.1.5,
enter "~" to the left end of the device comment. If blank spaces are entered
without entering "~" to the left end, the blank spaces will be ignored.
Note, however, that when "~" is described in a device comment, it is
displayed as "-".
• When using LADDER BUILDER for KV Ver.1.5, do not select compressed
transfer of device comments.
• If transfer is performed by LADDER BUILDER for KV Ver.1.5 or later for
ladder programs created by LADDER BUILDER for KV Ver.1.0 or KV
IncrediWare (Dos), comments can be displayed.
• "Do not transfer" is selected as the default setting of the LADDER
BUILDER for KV Ver.1.5 comment transfer setting. To display com-
ments, be sure to set up the comment transfer settings.
"Visual KV Series user's Manual [2]"
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
10
OTHER FUNCTIONS
10-5
Sample program: User message display
The following is an example of user message display.

The user message is displayed at the rising edge of inputs 0000 to 0002. The buzzer
sounds for three seconds only when input 0002 turns ON. The user message display
is canceled by pressing any of the setting operation switches ( , , , , ) on
the KV-D30.
User message display

When input 0000 is ON When input 0001 is ON
【 Message 】【 Message 】
CAUTION! No Material 5 More Prod bfr
Switch to Prod B
When input 0002 is ON Ladder program

0001 Display user message.
0002 Display user message (contact comment of input 0000).

【 Message 】
Reached Target 0000 1000 1000 #40000 2515
Production
Beep 0003 DIFU DW SET (1)
DM1950
Message No. Display user
message.
0004 Display user message (contact comment of timer 010).
KV-700 0001 1001 1001 #20010 2515

0005 DIFU DW SET (2)
DM1950
KV-10/16/ Message No. Display user
message.
24/40 0006 User message display
(contact comment of DM 0100) and sound buzzer.
0002 1002 1002 2511 #30100 2515
0007 DIFU SET DW SET (3)
Explanation DM1950
10 (1) At the rising edge of input 0000, 2511 #00030 T000

Buzzer ON Message No. Display user
message.
2511
0008 T000 RES (4)
#40000 (input relay 0000) is speci- Buzzer ON Buzzer ON
OTHER FUNCTIONS
fied to the DM (DM1950) for user END

messages, special auxiliary relay 0009
2515 is set, and the user message is ENDH

0010
displayed.
(2) At the rising edge of input 0001, #20010 (timer T010) is specified to the DM
(DM1950) for user messages, special auxiliary relay 2515 is set, and the user
message is displayed.
(3) At the rising edge of input 0002, #30100 (DM0100) is specified to the DM
(DM1950) for user messages, special auxiliary relay 2515 is set, and the user
message is displayed.
At the same time, special auxiliary relay 2511 is set, and the buzzer sounds for
three seconds.
Comment
Relay 0000 CAU T I ON ! No Ma t e r i a l
Timer T010 5 Mo r e Prod b f r Sw i t c h t o Pr od B
Data memory DM0100 Rea ched Ta r ge t Pr oduc t i on
10-6
System Message Convention Change Function

On the KV-D30, you can select between English and Japanese as the display language for
messages defined on the system. The default message display language is English. (PRESET,
etc.)
To change the display language to Japanese. Set special auxiliary relay 2510 to ON.
"No Display Device " ? !"#$===========? Nothing is set to DM1580 to
is Specified = !"#$%& DM1599.
DM1580 to DM1599 is entered.
* This value is displayed for other devices even if they are not used.
[Example] English and Japanese display language when the KV-10/16/24/40 is con-
nected
English Display Japanese Display

Main menu •Operator Mode •オペレータモード

KV-700
•Key/LED Comments •スイッチ/ランプコメント KV-10/16/
24/40
Sample program: English-language display of system messages

10
OTHER FUNCTIONS
2008 2510
SET
•Operator Mode
•CM Direct Access
•T/C Direct Access Explanation
•Alarm Menu
System messages are displayed in English.
10-7
Buzzer/External Output Function

The KV-D30 is provided with a function for sounding a buzzer to notify the operator of
alarms, etc.
The buzzer sounds when special auxiliary relay 2511 is ON. Outputs OUT0 and OUT1
on the KV-D30 rear also turn ON and OFF, respectively. So, these outputs can be
interlocked with operation of an external signal tower or loud buzzer.
2511 OFF 2511 ON

OUT0 OUT0
Beep
・・・
・・・ 12・・
12・・・8・
・8・・・4
・・4 ・・・
・・・ 0
0
OUT1
OUT1
Note: External outputs OUT0 and OUT1 can be used only when the 24 VDC
drive is used.
Outputs do not turn ON when power is supplied from the PLC port (5 VDC
drive).
Sample program: Sound buzzer

KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
0000 2511

10 Beep
Explanation
OTHER FUNCTIONS
While input 0000 is ON, the buzzer

sounds from the KV-D30, external out-
put OUT0 turns ON and OUT1 turns
OFF.
10-8
Backlight Change Function

On the KV-D30, the display screen backlight color and display mode can be freely set.
Three colors can be selected as the display color: green, red and orange. Two display
modes can be selected: negative display (display colors in backlight color) and positive
display (background in backlight color). Various display screens can be configured by
combining these settings.
The display color and display mode can be set in all modes. Default is green negative
display.
Set the backlight at special auxiliary relays 2508, 2509 and 2512.
Backlight color setting

Display Color 2508 Green Backlight ON 2509 Red Backlight ON
Green OFF (default) OFF (default)
ON OFF
Red OFF ON
Orange ON ON
Display type setting

Display Color 2512 Negative/Positive Switching
Negative display OFF (default)
Positive display ON
KV-700
Sample program: Display alarm in combination with a user mes- KV-10/16/
sage 24/40

Regular display (negative, green display) 0000 1000
DIFU 10
1000 2508 2509 2512 #40000 2515
RES SET SET DW SET
OTHER FUNCTIONS
DM1950
2515 2508 2509 2512
•Operator Mode RES RES RES
•DM Direct Access
•I/O Monitor
Explanation
When combined with a user message, the
backlight is displayed on screen in negative
green during regular operation. When a
Error display (positive, red display) user message is generated, the screen is
changed to a positive red display to notify
the operator of an error.
【 Message 】
Comment
Relay 0000 CAU T I ON ! No Ma t e r i a l
10-9
Key Lock Function

The key lock function is used to lock a display screen.
When the key lock is set, the display is locked at the screen that is currently displayed
regardless of the display screen setting. The key lock can be set or canceled by holding
down the key and the ( ) key together for three seconds.
The key lock function is held even if the power is turned OFF.
Key lock Key lock (cancel)
Display Screen Hold Function

This screen holds the screen that was active before the power was turned OFF when
the power is turned ON again.
Note: • The KV-D30 state is held on the KV-10/16/24/40.

• The KV-D30 state is not held for longer than the KV-10/16/24/40 power
interruption hold time.
• To hold the KV-D30 state over a long period of time, select "SAVE" in
the system mode in the KV-10/16/24/40 access window.
"Visual KV Series User’s Manual [1] Chapter 3 to 5"
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
Display Screen Setting Function
When each of the bits in data memory DM1676 are set to ON, migration to screens in
10 the main menu is enabled. At the default (DM1676 is set to $0000), only the Operator
mode is displayed. (The main menu is not displayed.)
OTHER FUNCTIONS
The following shows the relationship between the bits in data memory DM1676 and the
display screen.
0 DM1676 Screen
Bit0 Operator mode
Bit1 I/O Monitor mode
Fixed Bit2 Switch comment display screen
Bit3 LED comment display screen
Bit4 DM direct access (DM1677)
Bit7 T/C direct access (T/C247)
* Set bit 10 or higher to 0.
10-10
The display screen settings are assigned to each bit and set by $ (Hex).
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Hex
For example, the setting values are as follows when the display is set as follows:
Bit Screen Setting
0 Operator mode
1 I/O Monitor mode x
2 Switch comment display screen
3 LED comment display screen
4 DM direct access (DM1677)
5 DM direct access (DM1678) x
6 DM direct access (DM1679) x
7 T/C direct access (T/C247)
9 T/C direct access (T/C249) x
KV-700
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 KV-10/16/
24/40
Bit 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Fixed at "0" 1 8+1=9 8+4+1=13

=D
10
OTHER FUNCTIONS
Hex 0 1 9 D
10-11
■ About Prohibiting Screen Migration
When migration is prohibited (display prohibited) for the currently displayed

screen
The menu screen is immediately switched to from the currently displayed screen.
Note, however, that the menu screen is switched to when the user message display
is canceled while it is displayed when the change mode is ended while the value
change mode is entered.
When only one migratable screen is displayed, the menu is not displayed, and that
screen is displayed.
When the currently displayed screen is prohibited and the power is turned
OFF in this state
When the power is next turned OFF, migration prohibition is reflected, and the
display starts up from the screen (main menu order) following the migration
prohibited screen.
When a migration prohibited screen is not the currently displayed screen

Display to the migration prohibited screen is prohibited and is not the migration
prohibited screen is not displayed.
Sample program: Prohibiting screen migration

KV-700
2002 $0002
KV-10/16/ DW
24/40
DM1676
　【 I/O INPUT 】
RLY 00000 Explanation
RLY 00100
10 RLY 00200
The KV-D30 display is set to only the I/O
Monitor mode.
OTHER FUNCTIONS
Lock
Menu is not displayed.
10-12
Protecting the KV-D30 Settings

This section describes the KV-D30 state when a system error occurs.
■ When a system errors occurs

The KV-D30 monitors the communications state with the KV-10/16/24/40 at all
times.
If a system error or communications error occurs, the KV-10/16/24/40 displays the
"-Timeout Error-" message.
　　 Timeout Error
■ When the KV-10/16/24/40 states are changed

When ladders are written and the operation mode is changed to the Program mode
on the KV-10/16/24/40, special auxiliary relays 2500 to 2515 change as follows:
Details of Processing Relay 2500 to 2515 Remarks
Set ladder to PROG and write. Clear
Ladder written while running. Hold
Set the KV-10/16/24/40 to PRO- Hold Screen is displayed and mi-
GRAM mode. gration is enabled at same
setting as RUN mode.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
10
OTHER FUNCTIONS
10-13
10-3 Other Functions When the KV-700 Is Connected

The following describes other functions that cannot be selected on them main menu
when the KV-700 is selected.
Unit Monitor Function

This function allows you to check the same content as on the KV-700's access window
on the KV-D30.
Though the settings can be changed in the access window, they cannot be changed
on the KV-D30. Change the settings in the access window.
"KV-700 User's Manual"
When the direct access switch on the expansion unit (Multi-communication Unit KV-
L20, A/D Conversion Unit KV-AD40, etc.) connected to the KV-700 is pressed, the
setup status of that expansion unit or the ON/OFF status of relays is displayed on the
LCD screen of the KV-D30.
[Example] The screen of the KV-D30's LCD screen changes as follows when the
direct access switch on the A/D Unit KV-AD40 is pressed.
A/D setting
CH0 use
Use
Pressing the direct access switch on the expansion unit again returns the screen on
the KV-D30 to its regular screen.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40 User Message Function
The KV-700 has two user message display procedures, called user message 1 and
10 user message 2.
OTHER FUNCTIONS
■ User message 1
This is equivalent to the user message function of the KV-700's access window.
Numerical values and single-byte comments only can be displayed on the KV-700.
On the KV-D30, 2-byte comments can also be displayed.
The number of characters displayed in messages is 32 characters (16 character x
2 lines) or 16 2-byte characters.
When the control relay CR2900 for user message 1 turns ON, the comment of
temporary data memory (TM000 to 511) specified by control memory CM1720 is
displayed.
To cancel a user message, press any of the setting operation switches ( , , ,
, ). (These keys are enabled even during a key lock.) This turns CR2900 OFF
and returns the screen to its original screen.
10-14
Sample program: User message display
The following is an example of user message 1 display.

The user message is displayed at the rising edge of inputs 0000 to 0002. The buzzer
sounds for three seconds only when input 0002 turns ON. The user message display
is canceled by pressing any of the setting operation switches ( , , , , ) on
the KV-D30.
User message display

When input 0000 is ON When input 0001 is ON
【 Message 】【 Message 】
CAUTION! No Material 5 More Prod bfr
Switch to Prod B
When input 0002 is ON Ladder program

0001 Display user message.
0002 Display user message (contact comment of TM001).

【 Message 】
Reached Target 0000 #00004 CR2900
Production
Beep 0003 DW SET (1)
CM1720
Message No. Display user
message.
0004 Display user message (contact comment of TM002).
KV-700
0001 #00005 CR2900
0005 DW SET (2) KV-10/16/
CM1720 Display user 24/40
Message No. message.
0006 User message display (contact comment of TM003) and sound buzzer.
0002 CR3711 #00006 CM2900

Explanation 0007 SET DW
CM1720
SET
Buzzer ON Message No. Display user
message.
(3)
10
(1) At the rising edge of input 0000, CR3711 #00030 T000 CR3711
0008 T000 RES (4)
OTHER FUNCTIONS
#40000 (TM004) is specified to the
control memory (CM1720) for user Buzzer ON Buzzer ON
END
messages, control relay CR2900 is 0009
set, and the user message is dis- ENDH
played. 0010
(2) At the rising edge of input 0001, #00005 (TM005) is specified to the control memory
(CM1720) for user messages, control relay CR2900 is set, and the user message
is displayed.
(3) At the rising edge of input 0002, #00006 (TM006) is specified to the control memory
(CM1720) for user messages, control relay CR2900 is set, and the user message
is displayed.
At the same time, control relay CR2900 is set, and the buzzer sounds for three
seconds.
Comment
Temporary data memor TM004 CAU T I ON ! No Ma t e r i a l
TM005 5 Mo r e Prod b f r Sw i t c h t o Pr od B
TM006 Rea ched Ta r ge t Pr oduc t i on
10-15
■ User message 2
Whereas user message 1 displays the contact comments of the specified tempo-
rary data memory (TM), user message 2 displays messages on screen by directly
entering ASCII code or shift JIS code for the text to be displayed to control memories
CM1721 to CM1737.
The maximum number of display characters is 32 single-byte characters (ASCII
code) or 16 2-byte characters (shift JIS code).
To display user message 2, turn control relay CR2901 ON.
To cancel display of user message 2 and return to the original screen, either turn
CR2091 OFF, or press any one of the setting operation switches ( , , , ,
).
(These keys are enabled even during a key lock.)
The relationship between display screen and control memories is as follows.
　　【Message】
CM1721 CM1722 CM1723 CM1724 CM1725 CM1726 CM1727 CM1728
Up Dn Up Dn Up Dn Up Dn Up Dn Up Dn Up Dn Up Dn
Up Dn Up Dn Up Dn Up Dn Up Dn Up Dn Up Dn Up Dn
* Be sure to set CM1737 to $0000.

KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
[Tip]
• In the figure above, "Up" refers to the upper eight bits and "Dn" refers to the lower
eight bits.
10
OTHER FUNCTIONS
Up Dn
• To specify display characters, you can also use the RCOM instruction to write
device comments to CM except when writing ASCII code or shift JIS code directly
to CM1721 to CM1736.
10-16
Sample program: User message 2 display
　　【Message】
　　Work blockage on
No.1 machine
Ladder program
Explanation
00000 $318D $868B $4082 $C520
DW DW DW DW
CM1721 CM1722 CM1723 CM1724 Use user message 2 to display the message
$2020 $2020 $2020 $2020 "Work blockage on No.1 machine".
DW DW DW DW
CM1725 CM1726 CM1727 CM1728
$20DC $B0B8 $8B6C $82DC
DW DW DW DW
CM1729 CM1730 CM1731 CM1732
$82E8 $82AA $94AD $90B6
DW DW DW DW
CM1733 CM1734 CM1735 CM1736
$0000 CR2901
DW SET
CM1737
The relationship between display screen and control memories is as follows.
　　【Message】
31 8D 86 8B 40 82 C5 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
20 DC B0 B8 8B 6C 82 DC 82 E8 82 AA 94 AD 90 B6
10
OTHER FUNCTIONS
10-17

On the KV-D30, you can select between English and Japanese as the display
language for messages defined on the system. The default message display language is
English. (PRESET, etc.)
To change the display language to Japanese. Set control relay CR3710 to ON.

"No Display Device " ? !"#$===========? Nothing is set to CM0000 to
is Specified = !"#$%& CM0199.
CM0000 to CM0199 is entered.
* This value is displayed for other devices even if they are not used.
[Example] English and Japanese display language when the KV-10/16/24/40 is con-
nected
English Display Japanese Display

Main menu •Operator Mode •オペレータモード
•CM Direct Access •CMダイレクトアクセス
KV-700
•Memory Card •メモリカード
KV-10/16/ •View Clock •時計表示
24/40 •Key/LED Comments •スイッチ/ランプコメント
　【 ALARM MENU 】　【アラームメニュー】

10 Alarm menu
•Alarm Monitor
•Alarm Record
•アラームモニタ
•アラーム履歴
•Alarm Record Clear •アラーム履歴クリア
OTHER FUNCTIONS
Memory card 　【 MEMORY CARD 】　【メモリカード】

•Lord Ladder Program •ファイル読み出し
•File List •ファイル一覧
•View Free Space •メモリカード空き容量
Sample program: English-language display of system messages

CR2008 CR3710
SET
•Operator Mode
•CM Direct Access
•Alarm Menu Explanation
System messages are displayed in English.
10-18
Buzzer Function
The KV-D30 is provided with a function for sounding a buzzer to notify the operator of
alarms, etc.
The buzzer sounds when control relay CR3711 is ON.
CR3711 ON CR3711 ON
Beep
・・・
・・・ 12・・
12・・・8・
・8・・・4
・・4 ・・・
・・・ 0
0
Sample program: Sound buzzer

00000 CR3711

Beep
Explanation
While input 00000 is ON, the buzzer
sounds from the KV-D30.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
10
OTHER FUNCTIONS
10-19
External Output Function

The KV-D30 has an external output function for controlling OUT0 and OUT1 on the its
rear panel.
When control relay CR3800 turns ON, OUT0 turns ON. When control relay CR3801
turns ON, OUT1 turns ON.
This allows the KV-D30 to be operated interlocked with a signal tower or external
buffer, for example.
CR3800 OFF CR3800 ON
P-V P-C P-A P-B OUT0 OUT1 P-V P-C P-A P-B OUT0 OUT1
24V GND P-E V0 V1 C 24V GND P-E V0 V1 C
CR3801 OFF CR3801 ON
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
10
P-V P-C P-A P-B OUT0 OUT1 P-V P-C P-A P-B OUT0 OUT1
OTHER FUNCTIONS
24V GND P-E V0 V1 C 24V GND P-E V0 V1 C
Note: External outputs OUT0 and OUT1 can be used only when the 24 VDC drive
is used.
Outputs do not turn ON when power is supplied from the serial port (5 VDC
drive).
Sample program: External output ON

System state Ladder program
00000 CR3800
00001 CR3801
・・・
12・
・・8
・・・
4・・
・0
Explanation
When relay 00000 turns ON, the signal
tower connected to OUT0 lights, and
when relay 00001 turns ON, the buzzer
connected to OUT1 sounds.
10-20
Backlight Change Function

On the KV-D30, the display screen backlight color and display mode can be freely set.
Three colors can be selected as the display color: green, red and orange. Two display
modes can be selected: negative display (display colors in backlight color) and positive
display (background in backlight color). Various display screens can be configured by
combining these settings.
The display color and display mode can be set in all modes. Default is green negative
display.
Set the backlight at control relays CR3708, CR3709 and CR3712.
Backlight color setting

Display Color CR3708 Green Backlight ON CR3709 Red Backlight ON
Green OFF (default) OFF (default)
ON OFF
Red OFF ON
Orange ON ON
Display type setting

Display Color CR3712 Negative/Positive Switching
Negative display OFF (default)
Positive display ON
KV-700
Sample program: Display alarm in combination with a user mes- KV-10/16/

24/40
sage
Regular display (negative, green display) 00000 CR3708 CR3709 CR3712 #00001 CR2900
RES SET SET DW SET
10
CM1720
CR2900 CR3708 CR3709 CR3712
OTHER FUNCTIONS
RES RES RES
•Operator Mode
•DM Direct Access
•T/C Direct Access Explanation
•I/O Monitor
When combined with a user message, the
backlight is displayed on screen in negative
green during regular operation. When a
user message is generated, the screen is
changed to a positive red display to notify
Error display (positive, red display) the operator of an error.
【 Message 】
Comment
Temporary data memor TM000 CAU T I ON ! No Ma t e r i a l
10-21
Page Switching Function

On the KV-D30, you can set page switching in the operator mode in the ladder program.
When the information you want to display is located on multiple pages, you can display
the appropriate screen to the worker interlocked to operation of the equipment.
For the page setting, specify the page No. in control memory CM0401, and set control
relay CR3714 to execute page switching.
CR3714 automatically turns OFF when page switching ends.
Debugging function
Device Function
CM0401 Specifies the page No. (0 to 19) of the page switching destination.
(Pages are not switched when a value of 20 or more or a non-
existent page No. is entered.)
CR3714 Executes page switching when set.
Automatically turns OFF when page switching ends.
Note: • The page switching function is enabled only in the operator mode. Pages
will not be switched even if it is executed in other modes and in the menu
screen.
• When a non-existent page is specified in page switching, page switching
will not be performed.
• Perform page switching using differential type instructions in the page
KV-700 switching execution relay CR3714. If CR3714 is left ON, page switching by
KV-10/16/
keys is no longer performed.
24/40
To switch from page 0 to page 4.

10 Execution of
page switching
OTHER FUNCTIONS
　　　
Page 0 　　　
Page 4
CM0401=#00004 CM0401=#00004
CR3714=ON CR3714=OFF
10-22
Sample program: To set page switching
The page is switched as shown in the figure below.
00001:ON
　　　
Page 0 　　　
Page 1
00000:ON
00001:ON
00000:ON
00000:ON 00003:ON 00001:ON 00002:ON
00002:ON
00003:ON
00002:ON
　　　
Page 3 　　　
Page 2
00003:ON
Ladder program Explanation

00000 #00000 CR3714 Page switching on the KV-D30 is performed
DW SET
CM0401
00001 #00001 CR3714
from the KV-700. When input 0000 turns ON,
DW SET page 0 is switched to; when input 0001 is
CM0401 KV-700
00002 #00002 CR3714 turned ON, page 1 is switched to; when input
DW SET KV-10/16/
CM0401 0002 is switched ON, page 2 is switched to; 24/40
00003 #00003 CR3714
DW SET and when input 0003 is switched to, page 3 is
CM0401
END switched to.
ENDH
10
OTHER FUNCTIONS
10-23
Current Page No. Storage Function

The mode and page No. currently displayed on the KV-D30 is stored to control memory
CM0402.
The page No. is stored only in the operator mode.
When page switching has been performed by the keys on the KV-D30 unit or
by CM0401 and CR3714 in the operator mode, the currently displayed page No. is
written to CM0402.
For the display of each mode No., the mode No. corresponding to the CM0402 is
written when page switching has been performed in the KV-D30's units menu.
Mode No. Menu Name

# 0 0 0 Operator mode
1 CM direct access
Page No.
2 T/C direct access
Mode No. 3 Alarm menu
4 Memory Card
5 Clock display
6 Switch/LED comments
9 Main menu
Page No. storage function in the operator mode
CM0401
/ CR3714
KV-700 　　　
Page 0 　　　
Page 2 　　　
Page 7
KV-10/16/
24/40
CM0402=#00001 CM0402=#00002 CM0402=#00007
10
Page No. storage function when the mode has been switched
OTHER FUNCTIONS
Operator Mode 　　　

Alarm Menu
　　　
　　　
Page 1 View Clock
CM0402=#00001 CM0402=#00300 CM0402=#00500
Note: The mode and page No. are written to CM0402 only once immediately after
page switching is completed.
When a value is written to CM0402, the actually displayed page No. no longer
matches the mode and page No. displayed by CM0402. Never write values
to CM0402.
10-24
Page Scroll Inhibit Function

In the KV-D30's operator mode, page switching using the keys can be enabled/
inhibited.
When control relay CR3715 is ON, pages will not be switched even by press the
keys on the KV-D30 unit. Page switching by keys is enabled when CR3715 is
OFF. Note, however, that page switching by CM0401 and CR3714 is enabled even if
CR3715 is ON.
Changing of numerical values and display of the menu screen are also enabled.
CR3715 OFF
　　　 Page can be

Page 2 switched.
/
　　　
Page 1
　　　 Page can be

Page 2 switched.
CM0401
CR3714
CR3715 ON
　　　 Page cannot be

Page 1 switched.
/
　　　
Page 1 KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
　　　 Page cannot be
Page 2 switched.
CM0401
CR3714
10
OTHER FUNCTIONS
Sample program: Inhibit page scroll
00000:ON 00000 CR3715
SET
00000 CR3715
RES
　　
　　
Explanation
When relay 00000 is ON, page switch-
00000:OFF ing by the keys is inhibited, and
when relay 00000 is OFF, page switch-
ing by the keys is enabled.
　　
10-25
Key Lock Function

The key lock function is used to lock a display screen.
When the key lock is set, the display is locked at the screen that is currently displayed
regardless of the display screen setting. The key lock can be set or canceled by holding
down the key and the key together for three seconds.
The key lock function is held even if the power is turned OFF.
Key lock Key unlock (cancel)
Display Screen Hold Function

This screen holds the screen that was active before the power was turned OFF when
the power is turned ON again.
Note: • The KV-D30 state is held on the KV-700.

• The KV-D30 state is not held for longer than the KV-700 power interruption
hold time.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40 Display Screen Setting Function
When each of the bits in control memory CM0400 are set to ON, migration to screens
in the main menu is enabled. At the default (CM0400 is set to $0000), only the Operator
10 mode is displayed. (The main menu is not displayed.)
The following shows the relationship between the bits in control memory CM0400 and
OTHER FUNCTIONS
the display screen.
CM0400 Screen
Bit0 Operator mode
Bit1 No assigned (always "0")
Bit2 Switch comment display screen
Bit3 LED comment display screen
Bit4 CM direct access (CM0410)
Bit10 Clock display
Bit11 Memory Card
Bit12 Alarm menu
Bit13 Unit Monitor
10-26
The display screen settings are assigned to each bit and set by $ (Hex).
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Hex
For example, the setting values are as follows when the display is set as follows:
Bit Screen Setting
0 Operator mode
1 No assigned (always "0") x
2 Switch comment display screen
3 LED comment display screen
4 CM direct access (CM0410)
5 CM direct access (CM0412) x
6 CM direct access (CM0414) x
9 T/C direct access (T/C249) x
10 Clock display x
KV-700
11 Memory Card x
KV-10/16/
12 Alarm menu 24/40
13 Unit Monitor
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 10
Bit 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
OTHER FUNCTIONS
2+1=3 1 8+1=9 8+4+1=13
=D
Hex 3 1 9 D
10-27
■ About prohibiting screen migration
When migration is prohibited (display prohibited) for the currently displayed

screen
The menu screen is immediately switched to from the currently displayed screen.
Note, however, that the menu screen is switched to when the user message display
is canceled while it is displayed when the change mode is ended while the value
change mode is entered.
When only one migratable screen is displayed, the menu is not displayed, and that
screen is displayed.
When the currently displayed screen is prohibited and the power is turned
OFF in this state
When the power is next turned OFF, migration prohibition is reflected, and the
display starts up from the screen (main menu order) following the migration
prohibited screen.
When a migration prohibited screen is not the currently displayed screen

Display to the migration prohibited screen is prohibited and is not the migration
prohibited screen is not displayed.
Sample program: Prohibiting screen migration

KV-700
CR2002 $0400
KV-10/16/ DW
24/40 CM0400
2000/03/18 Wed Explanation

10 08:56:10 KV-D30 display is set to clock display only.
OTHER FUNCTIONS
Lock
Menu is not displayed.
10-28
Protecting the KV-D30 Settings

This section describes the KV-D30 state when a system error occurs.
■ When a system errors occurs

The KV-D30 monitors the communications state with the KV-700 at all times.
If a system error or communications error occurs, the KV-700 displays the
"-Timeout Error-" message.
　　 Timeout Error
■ When the KV-700 states are changed

When ladders are written and the operation mode is changed to the Program mode
on the KV-700, control relays CR3700 to CR3715 change as follows:
Details of Processing CR3700 to 3715 Remarks
Set ladder to PROG and write. Clear
Ladder written while running. Hold
Set the KV-700 to PROGRAM Hold Screen is displayed and mi-
mode. gration is enabled at same
setting as RUN mode.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
10
OTHER FUNCTIONS
10-29
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
10
OTHER FUNCTIONS
10-30
SAMPLE LADDER PROGRAMS
This chapter gives examples of ladder programs when actually using
the KV-D30.
11-1 Sample Programs .............................................................11-2
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
11
11-1
11-1 Sample Programs

This section gives sample programs using the functions of the KV-D30.
Title Screen Display and 7-segment Display of Numerical Values

Create a title screen using the numerical value display OFF function.
When the power is turned ON, the title screen (page 0) is displayed for five seconds and the
screen moves to the operation screen (page 1).
Setting details
Setting Item Setting Description

Display device DM00080
1st line Attribute None
Device comment Au t o sush i r i ce cooke r

2nd line Attribute None
Device comment [ SH AR I T ARO No . 2 ]
Page 0
Display device None

3rd line Attribute None
Device comment
4th line Attribute None
Device comment ]] I n d u s t r i e s TEL123 - 4567
Number display OFF on 1st to 4th lines

Template
KV-700 2X font display on 2nd line
KV-10/16/
24/40
Device comment R i c e : t ons
11 Display device None
Device comment
Page 1

Device comment Wa t e r : l t r
Display device None

Device comment
7-segment numerical value display on 1st and 3rd
Template lines
4X font display on 1st and 3rd lines
11-2
Display on operator screen
Auto sushi rice cooker

Rice: 　 tons
【 SHARITARO No.2 】
@@Industries TEL123-4567 Water: ltr
Ladder program
KV-700
CR2002 #300080 #300081 #000000 #300082 $80020F00

DW.D DW.D DW.D DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0002 CM0004 CM0006 CM0208
CR2002 #300090 #000000 #300091 #000000 $80505052
CM0010 CM0012 CM0014 CM0016 CM0218
CR2008 #00000 CR3714 CR3712 CR3708 CR3709
DW SET SET RES RES
CM0401
CR2008 #50
T 100
01100 T100 01100
01100 #00001 CR3714 CR3712 CR3708 CR3709

DW SET RES RES RES
CM0401
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
11
11-3
2 x 48 Preset Counter, User Messages and Color Display

This screen uses the template timer/counter box display functions.
When today's production target is reached "Reached" is displayed in green, and when the
total production target is reached, "Reached" is displayed in red.
Setting details

Display device C000
Device comment P r od Today
Display device C002

Device comment P r od To t a l
Page 0
Display device None

Device comment
Display device None
Device comment
Template Timer/counter box display
Display device TM005
User message:
Device comment E nd o f t oday ' s p r oduc t i on
Display device TM010

User message:
Device comment Reached t oday ' s p r odc t ' n t a r ge t !
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
11
Prod Today Prod Total 【 Message 】
End of today's
　　 123 799 production
　　 200 　 1500
【 Message 】
Reached today's
prodct'n target!
11-4
Ladder program
KV-700
CR2002 #800000 #800002 $90000000

DW.D DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0002 CM0208
C000 #00005 CR2900 CR3712
DW SET SET
Prod CM1720
Today CR3708 CR3709
RES RES
C002 #00010 CR2900 CR3712

DW SET SET
Prod CM1720
Total CR3708 CR3709
SET SET
CR2900 CR3712 CR3708 CR3709

RES RES RES
KV-10/16/24/40
2002 #26000 $0000 $0000

DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780
#26002 $0000 $0000
DW DW DW
DM1581 DM1681 DM1781
C000 1000 1000 #24005 2515
DIFU DW SET
Prod Today DM1950
2512 2508 2509
SET RES RES
C002 1001 1001 #24010 2515

DIFU DW SET
Prod Total DM1950
2512 2508 2509
SET SET SET
2515 2512 2508 2509

RES RES RES
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
11
11-5
Red/Green Blinking
The backlight color change function is used to change the color of the screen matched to
changes in display values.
In this ladder program, the sheet feedrate is as follows:
10.00 mm/minute or less → Red/green blinking

10.00 mm/minute or more and 20.00 mm/minute or less → Green blinking
20.00 mm/minute or more → Orange/green blinking
Setting details
Numerical value display OFF
1st line Attribute
4X character display
Device comment Feed Ra t e
Display device C002

2 digits past the decimal point
2nd line Attribute 6 blank spaces
Page 0
4X character display
Device comment mm / m i n
Display device None

Device comment
Display device None
KV-700 Device comment
KV-10/16/
24/40

11
Feed Rate
　　
Feed Rate
　　
13.45 mm/min 23.45 mm/min
Feed Rate
　　
3.45 mm/min
11-6
Ladder program
KV-700
CR2002 #300400 $00020100 #000000 #300401 $00020052 #000000

DW.D DW.D DW.D DW.D DW.D DW.D
CM0000 CM0200 CM0002 CM0004 CM0204 CM0006
CR2002 DM00401 #01000 CR2009 FLIK
LDA CMP #00040 #00040 01000
mm/min
01000 CR3712 CR3708 CR3709
SET RES RES
01000 CR3712 CR3708 CR3709

SET RES SET
CR2009 #02000 CR2009 CR3712 CR3708 CR3709

CMP SET RES RES
CR2009 FLIK
#00040 #00040 01001
01001 CR3712 CR3708 CR3709
SET RES RES
01001 CR3712 CR3708 CR3709

SET SET SET
KV-10/16/24/40
2002 #30400 $0100 $0002 #00000 #30401 $0052 $0002 #00000
DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW
DM1580 DM1680 DM1780 DM1581 DM1582 DM1682 DM1782 DM1583
2002 DM0401 #01000 2009 T001 #00040 2512 2508 2509
LDA CMP T000 SET RES RES
H
mm/min
T000 #00040 2512 2508 2509
T001 SET RES SET
H
2009 #02000 2009 2512 2508 2509
CMP SET RES RES
2009 T003 #00040 2512 2508 2509

T002 SET RES RES
H
2508 2509
RES RES
T002 #00040 2512 2508 2509

T003 SET RES RES
H
2508 2509
RES RES
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
11
11-7
Control Panel Display

The control panel screen uses the key guide display function in the templates.
Setting details
1st line Attribute Numerical value display OFF
Device comment Pro f i l e me a s checke r

2nd line Attribute 2 digits past the decimal point
Device comment mm
Display device None

Page 0

Device comment
Display device None
Device comment
Key guide display
Template 2X display on 2nd line
4 blank spaces at right

KV-700
KV-700 CR2002 #300000 #300022 #000000
Profile meas checker DW.D DW.D DW.D
KV-10/16/ CM0000 CM0002 CM0004
24/40
　　　　　　123.45 mm #000000
DW.D
$88020125
DW.D
$00000002
DW.D
RUN STOP RESET PAUSE
CM0006 CM0208 CM0202
11
11-8
Page Switching by Customized Switches

Pages are switches using customized switches F1 to F4.
Display the currently displayed page by customized LEDs LED1 to LED4.
Switch the display color for each page (page 0: 3-color gradation, pages 1 and 2: green, page
3: orange). Do not switch pages by the keys.
Setting details

Device comment Coo k i e oven mo n i t o r

Device comment C o o k i n g M a s t e r
Page 0
Display device None

Device comment
Display device None
Device comment
Key guide display
Template Numerical value display OFF on 1st and 2nd lines
4X display on 2nd line
1st line KV-700
Attribute None
KV-10/16/
Device comment Coo k i e oven No . 1 24/40

2nd line Attribute
Device comment
3 digits past the decimal point
F l ou r : kg
11

Page 1
3rd line Attribute 1 digit past the decimal point

Device comment Ove n p owe r : W
Display device None

Device comment
Key guide display
Template Numerical value display OFF on 1st line
2 blank spaces at right on 2nd and 3rd lines
11-9

Device comment Coo k i e oven No . 2

2nd line Attribute 3 digits past the decimal point
Device comment F l ou r : kg

Page 0
3rd line Attribute 1 digits past the decimal point

Device comment Ove n powe r : W
Display device None

Device comment
Key guide display
Template Numerical value display OFF on 1st line
2 blank spaces at right on 2nd and 3rd lines
Device comment Tod ay ’ s pr oduc t i on coun t
Display device C000

2nd line Attribute Setting value display OFF
Device comment Bu t t e r f l avo r : pcs .
Page 1
Display device C001

3rd line Attribute Setting value display OFF
Device comment Sa l t f l avo r : pcs .
KV-700
Display device None
KV-10/16/
24/40 4th line Attribute None
Device comment
11 Template
Key guide display
Numerical value display OFF on 1st line
11-10
Title screen (F1 "TOP" key page 0) Operation screen 1 (F2 "No.1" key page 1)
Cookie oven monitor Cookie oven No.1

♪Cooking Master♪ Flour:
Oven power:
8.543 kg
750.0 W
TOP No.1 No.2 PROD TOP No.1 No.2 PROD
Operation screen 2 (F3 "No.2" key page 2) Operation screen 3 (F4 "PROD" key page 3)
Cookie oven No.2 Today's production count

Flour: 15.765 kg Butter flavor: 1231 pcs.
Oven power: 900.0 W Salt flavor: 8000 pcs.
TOP No.1 No.2 PROD TOP No.1 No.2 PROD
Ladder program
KV-700
CR2002 #300000 #300001 #000000 #000000 $88200300

CM0000 CM0002 CM0004 CM0006 CM0208
CR2002 #300002 #300003 #300004 #000000 $88000162 $0003 $0001
DW.D DW.D DW.D DW.D DW.D DW DW
CM0010 CM0012 CM0014 CM0016 CM0218 CM0212 CM0214
CR2002 #300005 #300006 #300007 #000000 $88000162 $0003 $0001
CM0020 CM0022 CM0024 CM0026 CM0228 CM0222 CM0224
CR2002 #300008 #800000 #800001 #000000 $88000162 $1000 $1000
CM0030 CM0032 CM0034 CM0036 CM0238 CM0232 CM0234
CR2002 CR3715
SET KV-700
CR3700 #00000 CR3714 KV-10/16/
DW SET
TOP CM0401 24/40
CR3701 #00001 CR3714
DW SET
No.1 CM0401
CR3702 #00002 CR3714
No.2
CR3703
DW
CM0401
#00003
SET
CR3714
11
DW SET
PROD CM0401

CM0402 CR3712 T004 #02 T002 CR3709
= SET T002 SET
#00000
#20 T003 CR3708
T003 SET
#30 T004 CR3708 CR3709

T004 RES RES
CM0402 CR3708 CR3709 CR3712

= RES RES RES
#00001
CM0402 CR3708 CR3709 CR3712
= RES RES RES
#00002
CM0402 CR3708 CR3709 CR3712
= SET SET RES
#00003
END
ENDH
11-11
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
11
11-12
TROUBLESHOOTING
This chapter describes how to remedy trouble that may occur on the
KV-D30.
12-1 List of Error Messages ..................................................... 12-2
12-2 Trouble during the KV-10/16/24/40 Connection ............. 12-5
12-3 Trouble during the KV-700 Connection ........................ 12-10
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
12
TROUBLESHOOTING
12-1
12-1 List of Error Messages

This section describes the error messages displayed on the KV-D30.
KV-D30 Unit Errors

The following table shows the error messages that are displayed on the KV-D30.
Message Cause Remedy

—Device Not Used— An unused timer/counter/high- Set a timer/counter/high-
speed counter is used. speed counter in use.
—Out Of Range— A value that cannot be set to Enter a value that can be set
DM1580 to DM1599 (when the to DM1580 to DM1599
KV-10/16/24/40 is used) or (when the KV-10/16/24/40 is
CM0000 to CM0199 (when the used) or CM0000 to CM0199
KV-700 is used) has been in- (when the KV-700 is used).
put.
No Display Device Nothing is set to DM1580 to Register a setting value to
is Specified DM1599 (when the KV-10/16/ DM1580 to DM1599 (when
24/40 is used) or CM0000 to the KV-10/16/24/40 is used)
CM0199 (when the KV-700 is or CM0000 to CM0199
used). (when the KV-700 is used).
Invaild Machine Type A device other than the KV- The KV-D30 supports only the
10/16/24/40 and KV-700 is KV-10/16/24/40 and KV-700.
connected.
—Timeout Error— An error occurred during • Check the connection
communications. between the KV-D30 and
the PLC to make sure that
it is correct.
• Remove sources of noise.
CPU Errors
KV-700 The following shows errors that are displayed on the KV-10/16/24/40 unit and KV-
KV-10/16/ 700 unit.
24/40
On the KV-10/16/24/40, the error code displayed on the Basic Unit access window
is displayed.
12 Error messages that are displayed in the access window on the CPU Unit are
displayed on the KV-700.
TROUBLESHOOTING
For details on errors, refer to the manual for each unit.

"Visual KV Series User's Manual [1]", "KV-700 User's Manual"
Display example
【 CPU Error 】
　End Unit Not Connected
12-2
Memory Card Errors

Errors are displayed in the KV-D30's "Memory Card" menu when an error occurs
during operation of the Memory Card.
Display example
【Memory Card Error】

Memory Card Access
Interrupted

File Error • There is a problem with the • Use a program or data file
file contents. (e.g. unit con- that is matched to the envi-
figuration information and ronment.
actual configuration do not • Remove the cause of any
match). magnetic force or electrical
• The unit might have stopped noise.
due to magnetic force or • If this error frequently oc-
electrical noise. curs, contact your agent.
* With this error display, the
target file is also dis-
played.
Select PROG Mode An attempt was made to Set the PLC to the PRO-
To Operate access the Memory with the GRAM mode.
PLC Card in the RUN mode.
No Card Inserted The Memory Card is not Insert the Memory Card.
inserted.
No Ladder Programs This is displayed when the Insert a Memory Card
Memory Card does not containing the file.
contain any files to work on. KV-700
Failed To Read Card Cannot read due to conten- • Wait a while before KV-10/16/
24/40
CPU Busy tion on the serial port or starting operation.
USB. • If this error frequently
occurs, contact your
agent. 12
Memory Card Access The unit might have stopped Remove the cause of any
TROUBLESHOOTING
Interrupted due to magnetic force or magnetic force or electrical

electrical noise. noise.
Wait The Memory Card is being • Wait a while.
accessed. • If the display does not go
out, remove and re-insert
the Memory Card, and re-
connect.
12-3

Memory Card Busy For The Memory Card is in use Perform the operation after
Other Operation by other functions. the other function has
stopped using the Memory
Card.
System Error Occurred • The unit might have If this error frequently
stopped due to magnetic occurs, contact your agent.
force or electrical noise.
• An error occurred to
protect the system.
Same Extension File Two or more intermediate Do not store two or more
Exists codes (.zcd), contact program files to directory.
comments (.zct) and unit
setup information (.zlb) exist.
Invalid Memory Card • A probable cause is that • Scan the disk.
the Memory Card is • Use a new Memory Card.
damaged.
• Remove the cause of any
• The unit might have magnetic force or electrical
stopped due to magnetic noise.
Memory Card Access • A probable cause is that • Scan the disk.
Failed the Memory Card is • Use a new Memory Card.
damaged.
• Remove the cause of any
• The unit might have magnetic force or electri-
stopped due to magnetic cal noise.
Please Select Directory The file is specified. Specify the directory.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
12
TROUBLESHOOTING
12-4
12-2 Trouble during the KV-10/16/24/40 Connection

This section describes the type of trouble that occurs during connection to the KV-10/16/24/40, cause of
trouble, and how to remedy the trouble.
Trouble Common to the KV-D30 and All Menus

Trouble Cause Remedy
Nothing is displayed on screen. RC-232C incorrect wiring or Check and cables, and wire correctly as
inappropriate cable type necessary.
"Initializing..." stays displayed. Noise influence Move the device away from the noise
Or, screen display freezes. source, and power ON again.
Screen flickers. Noise influence Move the device away from the noise
source, and power ON again.
Value is not changed by Input of numerical value outside of Check the number of bits and sign of
changing numerical value. setting range the target device, and determine the set
numerical value.
key not held down for 1 Hold the key down for at least 1
second or more second.
Numerical value display Display numerical value count Set a slow count increment/decrement
refreshing rate slows down. increment/decrement speed is speed. The LCD refreshing rate is also
fast, exceeding the LCD refreshing dependent on the ambient operating
rate. temperature.
Noise influence Move the device away from the noise
Slow switch reaction Setting operation switch is Stop continuously pressing the setting
pressed continuously. operation switch.
Dependent on the KV-10/16/24/40 Review the program so that the scan
scan time time of the KV-10/16/24/40 is reduced.
Slow LED refresh rate Setting operation switch or Stop continuously pressing the setting
customized switch is pressed operation switch and customized
continuously. switch.
KV-700
Dependent on the KV-10/16/24/40 Review the program so that the scan
scan time time of the KV-10/16/24/40 is reduced. KV-10/16/
24/40
Operation of setting operation Key lock in operation Disable the key lock.
switches is not accepted.
Jog dial input is not accepted. External 24 VDC power not ON Turn the external 24 VDC power ON. 12
Incorrect wiring of jog dial Check the jog dial wiring.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Page 2-12
Operation performed with jog dial The value does not change even of the
switch held down jog dial switch is rotated while pressed
down. Release your finger from the
switch before operating it.
Operation requiring unsupported Corresponding functions of the setting
key input performed operation switches on the jog dial are
the / / keys.
"CPU error" is displayed. Error occurring on the KV-10/16/ Remedy the error referring to the
24/40 manual for the KV-10/16/24/40. (Errors
cannot be canceled on the KV-D30.)
"-Timeout Error-" is displayed. RC-232C incorrect wiring or Check and cables, and wire correctly as
12-5

The menu does not appear. Migration to other modes and Check DM1676 for setting migration
screens is disabled. enabled/disabled.
Some items are not displayed on Migration to those modes and Check DM1676 for setting migration
the menu. screens is disabled. enabled/disabled.
The screen that is displayed when Values are not written to DM1673 Do not DM1673 to DM1675 as the
the power is turned ON differs to DM1675. KV-D30 uses these memories for
from the screen that is displayed system use.
when the power is turned OFF.
Migration to display mode and Check DM1676 for setting migra-
screen at power OFF is disabled. tion enabled/disabled.
User messages are not canceled Special auxiliary relay 2515 is ON Modify the program so that special
at all times. auxiliary relay 2515 ON is set by the
DIFU instruction.
F1 to F4 switches do not Relays are not assigned correctly in Check special auxiliary relay 2500,
respond. ladder. 2501, 2502, and 2503.
KV-10-16/24/40 body has stopped. Check the KV-10/16/24/40 body.
LED does not light. Relays are not assigned correctly in Check special auxiliary relay 2504,
ladder. 2505, 2506, and 2507.
Buzzer does not sound. Relays are not assigned correctly in Check special auxiliary relay 2511.
ladder.
Special auxiliary relay 2511 ON time Length special auxiliary relay 2511
is short. ON time.
External signals are not output. External 24 VDC is not ON. Turn external 24 VDC power OFF.
Relays are not assigned correctly in Check special auxiliary relay 2511.
ladder.
Miswiring Check wiring. Page 1-8
Output action differs on OUT0 and When special auxiliary relay 2511 is
OUT1. OFF, output 0 is OFF and output 1 is
ON. When special auxiliary relay 2511
is ON, output 0 is ON and output 1 is
OFF.
KV-700
KV-10/16/ Trouble by Individual Menus

24/40
■ Main menu
12 Trouble
Main menu is not displayed.
Cause
All migration enabled/disabled set-
Remedy
Check DM1676 for setting migra-
tings are disabled or one of modes tion enabled/disabled.
TROUBLESHOOTING
is enabled.
Some items are not displayed on Migration to other modes and Check DM1676 for setting migration
the menu. screens is disabled. enabled/disabled.
12-6
■ Operator mode
Some comments are not The comment is overlapping nu- Check the comment. Numerical val-
displayed. merical values. ues are given priority in display.
The comment exceeds 24 charac- Limit the comment to 24 characters
ters (single-byte characters). (single-byte characters).
Comments are not displayed. Comment transfer is not set when Set comment transfer, and transfer
sending the program to the KV-10/ the comment to the KV-10/16/24/40
16/24/40. unit.
A large number of blank spaces Check the ladder.
from the right edge is set in the
display device attributes, and there
is no space for displaying comments.
"-" is displayed even though "~" On the KV-D30, "~" is recognized Check the comment.
is entered to comment. as "-".
Blanks spaces do not appear as The number of blank spaces is Check the ladder.
specified at the number of blank automatically corrected so that all
spaces in the display device at- digits can be displayed.
tributes.
Mode does not change to Changing of numerical value is dis- Check the display device attributes.
numerical value change mode. abled for all devices in the display
screen.
On some devices, mode does not Changing of numerical value is Check the display device attributes.
change to numerical value disabled.
change mode.
The values of CH display relays The state of CH display relays can- Change the display device attribute
cannot be changed. not be changed. to 1-bit display.
Devices that support 32-bit The maximum No. of each device Display is 16 bits even if the maxi-
display in display attributes are is specified. mum No. of each device is regis-
displayed only in 16 bits. tered, and 32-bit display is set. Check
the device registration.
Setting values are not displayed The device is registered to the Do not register devices to the next
even if T/C is registered as next line. line. When a device is registered, the
"setting value displayed ON." setting value is not displayed, and
KV-700
the registered device is displayed.
KV-10/16/
That T/C is registered to the 4th line Change the line to register to the 1st 24/40
of that page. to 3rd lines.
2X/4X characters are not The device is registered to the next Do not register devices to the next
displayed properly. line. line. 12
That T/C is registered to the 4th line Change the line to register to the 1st
TROUBLESHOOTING

T/C setting values set to 2X/4X The device is registered to the next Do not register devices to the next
character display is not dis- line. line.
played even if registered as
"setting value displayed ON." That T/C is registered to the 3rd Change the line to register to the 1st
line of that page. and 2nd lines.
T/C setting values cannot be Ladder is write protected using Check the ladder.
changed. MEMSW instruction.
Device values are not reflected Device value is overwritten by lad- Check the ladder.
after they are changed. der after it is changed.
Display shift more than the set When 4X character font is set, the Set a value of half the regular number
number of blank spaces. number of blank spaces is calcu- of set blank spaces.
lated by 2X the regular number.
12-7

Comments are not displayed. The comment was transferred us- Use LADDER BUILDER for KV
ing LADDER BUILDER for KV Ver1.5X to transfer the comment
Ver1.0X or KV IncrediWare (Dos). without compression.
Or, the comment was transferred
with compression using LADDER
BUILDER for KV Ver1.5X.
A blank space does not appear The comment is not edited using When using LADDER BUILDER for
at the start of the comment. LADDER BUILDER for KV Ver1.5X, KV Ver1.5X, insert a "~" at the start
and "~" is not written at the start of of the comment.
the comment.
Nothing is displayed on screen. The display attribute is set only to Check the display attributes
the comment, and the comment is a (DM1680 to DM1699) and com-
blank space. ment.
Other pages are not displayed by The display device is not registered Check the display device registra-
pressing the / keys. to other pages. tion (DM1580 to DM1599).
An unregistered device is Data not set to the device for regis- Completely clear DM1580 to
displayed. tering display devices is not en- DM1599.
tered.
The device is displayed at a for- Data not set to the device for display Completely clear DM1680 to
mat that is not set. attributes is not entered. DM1699.
CTC/CTH does not enter the 32- CTC/CTH are automatically Check the ladder.
bit display mode. 24-bit display switched to 16/24 bits by the
mode is entered even though dis- MESW instruction setting.
play attribute is not set.
Timer/counter box display The value of the display device set- Check the value of the display
mode is not entered. ting differ on the regular display and device setting. Page 4-9
box display.
"Registered device not used" is The registered T, C, CTC, and CTH Check the ladder.
displayed. are not used on the ladder.
"Display device is not registered." The display device is not registered. Check the display device registration
is displayed. (DM1580 to DM1599). Page 4-9
"Outside of device No. range" is The wrong device No. is registered. Check the display device registration
displayed. (DM1580 to DM1599). Page 4-9
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
12 Trouble
The value of the device for direct
Cause
The device was overwritten on the
Remedy
The KV-D30 can update only the
access changes when it is not ladder while it was not displayed by values of currently displayed devices
TROUBLESHOOTING
displayed. direct access. for direct access. Check the ladder.

Changes made to the value of the The device is displayed in the direct Always overwrite the value displayed
device for direct access on the access mode. by KV-D30 on the device while it is
ladder are not reflected. displayed on KV-D30.
12-8

The value of the device for direct The device was overwritten on the The KV-D30 can update only the
Changes made to the value of the The device is displayed in the Always overwrite the value displayed
device for direct access on the direct access mode. by the KV-D30 on the device while it
ladder are not reflected. is displayed on the KV-D30.
The setting value cannot be The ladder is write-protected by the Check the ladder.
"Registered device not used" is The T/C for T/C direct access is not Check the ladder.
displayed. used on a T/C.

The KL area is not displayed. KL display enable relay 2700 is not Check the ladder.
ON.
All I/O IN and OUT are not dis- The connected extension is auto- Check the extension unit.
played. matically distinguished and dis-
played.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
12
TROUBLESHOOTING
12-9
12-3 Trouble during the KV-700 Connection

This section describes the type of trouble that occurs during connection to the KV-700,
cause of trouble, and how to remedy the trouble.
Trouble Common to the KV-D30 and All Menus

Nothing is displayed on screen. RC-232C incorrect wiring or Check and cables, and wire correctly as
"Initializing..." stays displayed. Noise influence Move the device away from the noise
Or, screen display freezes. source, and power ON again.
Screen flickers. Noise influence Move the device away from the noise
Value is not changed by Input of numerical value outside of Check the number of bits and sign of
changing numerical value. setting range the target device, and determine the set
numerical value.
key not held down for 1 Hold the key down for at least 1
second or more second.
Numerical value display Display numerical value count Set a slow count increment/decrement
refreshing rate slows down. increment/decrement speed is speed. The LCD refreshing rate is also
fast, exceeding the LCD refreshing dependent on the ambient operating
rate. temperature.
Slow switch reaction Setting operation switch is Stop continuously pressing the setting
pressed continuously. operation switch.
Dependent on the KV-700 scan Review the program so that the scan
time time of the KV-700 is reduced.
Slow LED refresh rate Setting operation switch or Stop continuously pressing the setting
customized switch is pressed operation switch and customized
continuously. switch.
KV-700 Review the program so that the scan
Dependent on the KV-700 scan
KV-10/16/ time time of the KV-700 is reduced.
24/40
Operation of setting operation Key lock in operation Disable the key lock.
switches is not accepted.
12 Jog dial input is not accepted. External 24 VDC power not ON Turn the external 24 VDC power ON.
Incorrect wiring of jog dial Check the jog dial wiring.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Page 2-12
Operation performed with jog dial The value does not change even of the
switch held down jog dial switch is rotated while pressed
down. Release your finger from the
switch before operating it.
Operation requiring unsupported Corresponding functions of the setting
key input performed operation switches on the jog dial are
the / / keys.
"CPU error" is displayed. Error occurring on the KV-700 Remedy the error referring to the
manual for the KV-700. (Errors cannot
be canceled on the KV-D30.)
"-Timeout Error-" is displayed. RC-232C incorrect wiring or Check and cables, and wire correctly as
12-10

The menu does not appear. Migration to other modes and Check CM0400 for setting migra-
screens is disabled. tion enabled/disabled.
Some items are not displayed on Migration to those modes and Check CM0400 for setting migra-
the menu. screens is disabled. tion enabled/disabled.
The screen that is displayed when Migration to display mode and Check CM0400 for setting migra-
the power is turned ON differs screen at power OFF is disabled. tion enabled/disabled.
from the screen that is displayed
when the power is turned OFF.
User messages are not canceled Control relays CR2900 and Modify the program so that control
CR2901 are ON at all times. relay CR2900 and CR2901 ON is
set by the DIFU instruction.
F1 to F4 switches do not Relays are not assigned correctly Check control relay CR3700,
respond. in ladder. CR3701, CR3702 and CR3703.
KV-700 body has stopped. Check the KV-700 body.
LED does not light. Relays are not assigned correctly Check control relay CR3704,
in ladder. CR3705, CR3706 and CR3707.
Buzzer does not sound. Relays are not assigned correctly Check control relay CR3711.
in ladder.
Control relay CR3711 ON time is Length control relay CR3711 ON
short. time.
External signals are not output. External 24 VDC is not ON. Turn external 24 VDC power OFF.
Relays are not assigned correctly Check control relay CR3800 and
in ladder. CR3801.
Miswiring Check wiring.
Page 1-8.
Trouble by Individual Menus

■ Main menu
Trouble Cause Remedy KV-700
Main menu is not displayed. All migration enabled/disabled set- Check CM0400 for setting migra- KV-10/16/
24/40
tings are disabled or one of modes tion enabled/disabled.
is enabled.
Some items are not displayed on
the menu.
Migration to other modes and
screens is disabled.
Check CM0400 for setting migration
enabled/disabled. 12
TROUBLESHOOTING
12-11
■ Operator mode

Some comments are not The comment is overlapping nu- Check the comment. Numerical val-
displayed. merical values. ues are given priority in display.
The comment exceeds 24 charac- Limit the comment to 24 characters
ters (single-byte characters). (single-byte characters).
Comments are not displayed. Comment transfer is not set when Set comment transfer, and transfer
sending the program to the KV-700. the comment to the KV-700 unit.
A large number of blank spaces Check the ladder.
from the right edge is set in the
display device attributes, and there
is no space for displaying comments.
"-" is displayed even though "~" On the KV-D30, "~" is recognized On KV BUILDER, entry of "~" is not
is entered to comment. as "-". required when entering blank
comments.
Blanks spaces do not appear as The number of blank spaces is Check the ladder.
specified at the number of blank automatically corrected so that all
spaces in the display device at- digits can be displayed.
tributes.
Mode does not change to Changing of numerical value is dis- Check the display device attributes.
numerical value change mode. abled for all devices in the display
screen.
On some devices, mode does not Changing of numerical value is Check the display device attributes.
change to numerical value disabled.
change mode.
The values of CH display relays The state of CH display relays/CR Change the display device attribute
cannot be changed. cannot be changed. to 1-bit display.
Devices that support 32-bit The maximum No. of each device Display is 16 bits even if the maxi-
display in display attributes are is specified. mum No. of each device is regis-
displayed only in 16 bits. tered, and 32-bit display is set. Check
the device registration.
Setting values are not displayed The device is registered to the Do not register devices to the next
even if T/C is registered as next line. line. When a device is registered, the
"setting value displayed ON." setting value is not displayed, and
KV-700
the registered device is displayed.
KV-10/16/
24/40 That T/C is registered to the 4th line Change the line to register to the 1st
2X/4X characters are not The device is registered to the next Do not register devices to the next
12 displayed properly. line. line.
That T/C is registered to the 4th line Change the line to register to the 1st
TROUBLESHOOTING

T/C setting values set to 2X/4X The device is registered to the next Do not register devices to the next
character display is not dis- line. line.
played even if registered as
"setting value displayed ON." That T/C is registered to the 3rd Change the line to register to the 1st
line of that page. and 2nd lines.
T/C setting values cannot be Ladder is write protected using Check the ladder.
Device values are not reflected Device value is overwritten by lad- Check the ladder.
after they are changed. der after it is changed.
Display shift more than the set When 4X character font is set, the Set a value of half the regular number
number of blank spaces. number of blank spaces is calcu- of set blank spaces.
lated by 2X the regular number.
12-12

Nothing is displayed on screen. The display attribute is set only to Check the display attributes
the comment, and the comment is (CM0200 to CM0399) and com-
a blank space. ment.
Other pages are not displayed by The display device is not regis- Check the display device registra-
pressing the / keys. tered to other pages. tion (CM0000 to CM0199).
Page switching control relay To enable changing of the page,
CR3714 stays ON. set CR3714 by the DIFU instruc-
tion.
Scroll inhibit relay CR3715 is ON. Turn control relay CR3715 OFF.
An unregistered device is Data not set to the device for Completely clear CM0000 to
displayed. registering display devices is not CM0199.
entered.
The device is displayed at a for- Data not set to the device for Completely clear CM0000 to
mat that is not set. display attributes is not entered. CM0199.
T/C/CTC/CTH does not enter the T/C/CTC/CTH are fixed to 32 bits. Fixed to 32 bits
16-bit display mode.
Timer/counter box display mode Template is not enabled. Make sure that the template is
is not entered. enabled. (CM 9)
Page 4-57
The key guide is not displayed.
The clock cannot be displayed.
The correct time is not displayed. The time in the calendar time is Using KV BUILDER, set the time
incorrect. on the calendar timer.
"Registered device not used" is The registered T, C, CTC, and Check the ladder.
displayed. CTH are not used on the ladder.
"Display device is not registered." The display device is not regis- Check the display device registra-
is displayed. tered. tion (CM0000 to CM0199).
Page 4-28
"Outside of device No. range" is The wrong device No. is regis- Check the display device registra-
displayed. tered. tion (CM0000 to CM0199).
Page 4-28
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
Trouble Cause Remedy 12

TROUBLESHOOTING
Changes made to the value of the The device is displayed in the direct Always overwrite the value displayed
device for direct access on the access mode. by the KV-D30 on the device while it
12-13

Changes made to the value of the The device is displayed in the Always overwrite the value displayed
device for direct access on the direct access mode. by the KV-D30 on the device while it
The setting value cannot be The ladder is write-protected by the Check the ladder.
"Registered device not used" is The T/C for T/C direct access is not Check the ladder.
displayed. used on a T/C.
■ Alarm menu

The Alarm Monitor is not The control relay CR3713 for set- Turn the control relay CR3713 for
switched to even if a high- ting the alarm interrupt is not ON. setting the alarm interrupt ON.
priority alarm turns ON.
Migration to alarm functions is in- Check control memory CM0400 for
hibited. setting migration enable/inhibit.
The alarm relay OFF record is The control relay CR3501 for set- Turn the control relay CR3501 for
not displayed. ting to leave behind an alarm record setting to leave behind an alarm
when OFF is ON. record when OFF to ON.
The alarm record is not re- Turn the alarm relay ON/OFF by the Turn ON/OFF by the SET/RES or
corded. OUT instruction. KEEP instruction.
■ Memory Card

Cannot access the Memory Card. The KV-700 unit is in the RUN mode. The Memory Card can be ac-
cessed only when the KV-700 unit
is in the PROG mode. Set the unit
KV-700 to the PROG mode.
KV-10/16/ The Memory Card is not inserted in Insert the Memory Card.
24/40
the KV-700.
The Memory Card is not formatted. Format the Memory Card.
12 The Memory Card is damaged. Replace with a new Memory Card.
The Memory Card is in being used Perform the operation after the
TROUBLESHOOTING
or operated by other functions. other function has stopped using

the Memory Card.
■ Clock display

The correct time is not displayed. The time in the calendar timer is Using KV BUILDER, set the time on
incorrect. the calendar timer.
12-14
These appendices provide information that may be useful when using
the KV-D30.
1 Compatibility with KV-D20 ................................................ A-2
2 Key Operation Quick Guide .............................................. A-5
3 Comment Entry Form ...................................................... A-13
4 Index ................................................................................. A-14
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
APPENDICES
A-1
1 Compatibility with KV-D20

The KV-D30 is an upgraded version of the KV-D20, and can use ladder programs that
are used on the KV-D20. Note, however, that there are several differences between
the two models. This appendix describes compatibility between the KV-D20 and the
KV-D30.
Differences between Functions

The following describes the differences between the KV-D20 and the KV-D30
functions.
■ Added specifications
• The number of display characters per line has been changed from 20 to 24
characters.
Screens to be displayed on the main menu can now be reached immediately.
A (menu) key has been added to the setting operation keys to improve
operability.
Device comment entered as Kanji characters (two-byte characters) can now
be displayed.
• The operator can select from three colors (red, green, orange) as the backlight
colors of the LCD display. The display mode can be selected between negative
display and positive display.
• 2X character display, 4X character display, numerical value 7-segment display,
and timer/counter box display functions have been added.
• A timer/counter direct access mode has been added to enable real-time
changing of timer/counter setting values.
• Support of an external 24 VDC power supply improves visibility in the backlight
brightness mode. (The backlight brightness mode can be entered by holding
down keys for at least five seconds when power is being supplied from the PLC
port.)
• Provision of two external outputs enables connection of signal towers,
external buzzers and other devices.
• Use of the exclusive jog dial (OP-42144) enables easy setting of numerical
values.
■ Changed specifications
• Page management has been changed from line management to management by
KV-700
individual pages. As a result, the following points have been changed.
KV-10/16/
24/40
(1) Pages to which devices are not set are no longer displayed.
(2) When a 2-line display device such as a timer or counter is specified, the next
line was displayed shifted. However, when the line is filled in so that the next
line is not displayed shifted, the display overlaps, and the setting value is no
longer displayed.
APPENDICES
(3) When a 2-line display device such as a timer or counter is specified on the 4th
line of each page, the device was displayed skipped onto the following page.
However, the page is not switched, and only the current value is displayed on
the 4th line. (The setting value is not displayed.)
• In a state in which screen migration enable is not set, the "operator screen," "key
comment display screen," and "LED comment display screen" were displayed.
However, on the KV-D30, only the "operator mode" is displayed.
• Key lock was set or canceled by simultaneously holding down the " " and "▲
(▼)" keys for three seconds. However, this method has been changed so that the
key and ( ) keys are held down simultaneously for three seconds.
■ Deleted specifications
The System mode and Device mode have been deleted.
A-2
Table of Display Mode Differences

The following table shows the differences between the KV-D20 and KV-D30 display modes.
Display Mode on KV-D20 Corresponding Display Remarks

Menu of KV-D30
Operator screen Operator mode Independent as a single menu
Direct access screen DM direct access mode Independent as a single menu
KV-I/O monitor screen I/O monitor mode Independent as a single menu
Switch comment display screen Switch/LED comment Independent as a single menu
LED comment display screen
Device mode None
System mode None
User message User message
Table of Assigned Device No. Differences

The following table shows the differences between the KV-D20 and KV-D30 assigned device Nos.
■ Special auxiliary relays

Function on KV-D20 Assigned Relay No. Remarks
KV-D20 KV-D30
Customized switch 1 (F1) 2500 2500
Customized LED 1 (LED1) 2504 2504
Enable migration to device 2508 None • The mode is no longer the device mode.
mode • On the KV-D30, this relay is also assigned to
the green backlight setting. KV-700
KV-10/16/
Enable migration to system 2509 None • The mode is no longer the system mode. 24/40
mode • On the KV-D30, this relay is also assigned to
the red backlight setting.
System message display 2510 2510 Japanese display is possible only on Kanji dis-
format plays.
APPENDICES
Buzzer ON/OFF 2511 2511 On the KV-D30, this relay is also assigned to
external output ON/OFF.
KL display setting on KV-I/O 2512 None • Display is set to display/hide automatically
monitor screen linked to KL use enable relay 2700.
• On the KV-D30, this relay is assigned to the
display format (negative/positive) setting.
Unit reset 2513 2513
User message display 2515 2515 Supports Kanji (two-byte character) characters.
A-3
■ Data memory
Function on KV-D20 Assigned DM No. Remarks
KV-D20 KV-D30
For setting display device DM1580 to DM1599 DM1580 to DM1599 On the KV-D30, the timer/counter
box display has been added.
Other device settings are the
same.
Reserved for system DM1670 to DM1675 DM1670 to DM1675
For setting migration enable in DM1676 DM1676 The mode to be assigned to each
operator mode bit differs. See the table below.
For direct access screen DM1677 to DM1679 DM1677 to DM1679
For setting display device DM1680 to DM1699 DM1680 to DM1699 On the KV-D30, the name be-
attribute comes "attribute 1" even though
the same functions are assigned.
Reserved for system DM1780 to DM1799 None On the KV-D30, this relay is as-
signed for setting display device
attribute 2.
For setting user message dis- DM1950 DM1950 Supports Kanji (two-byte charac-
play device ter) characters.
[Tip]
The following table shows the differences in the assignments of data memory DM1676 for the screen
migration enabled setting.
No. Modes Assigned on KV-D20 Modes Assigned on KV-D30
Bit0 Operator screen Operator mode
Bit1 Direct access screen (DM1677) I/O monitor mode
Bit2 Direct access screen (DM1678) Switch comment display screen
Bit3 Direct access screen (DM1679) LED comment display screen
Bit4 KV-I/O monitor screen DM direct access (DM1677)
Bit5 Switch comment display screen DM direct access (DM1678)
Bit6 LED comment display screen DM direct access (DM1679)
Bit7 — T/C direct access (T/C247)
Bit8 — T/C direct access (T/C248)
KV-700
KV-10/16/ Bit9 — T/C direct access (T/C249)

24/40
Bit10 to Bit15 — —
APPENDICES
A-4
2 Key Operation Quick Guide

The following summarizes key operations on the KV-D30 by menu. Use this as a
reference during operations.
Key Operations when the KV-10/16/24/40 is Connected

■ Operator mode
•Operator Mode
•DM Direct Access
•I/O Monitor
Main menu
Monitor state
Product 1 123 • Select the page by the / keys.
Defects 1 • Max. 5 pages
Progress 22%
RLY 01400 ON
To the change device selection state from the monitor state
• Determine the page whose values are to be changed, and
Monitor state move to the change device selection state. (The digit blinks.)
x 1 second
Change device select state
• Select the device to change by the / keys.
Product 1 123 • Only the line on which devices can be changed blinks.
Defects 1
Progress 22% • Blinking on lines on which changing of numerical values is
RLY 01400 ON prohibited in the display device attribute setting is skipped. No
lines blink when changing of numerical values is prohibited on
Change device selected state all lines.
or To device value change state from change device selection

x 1 second state
• The cursor moves to the numerical value section of the
change device. (Zero suppress is OFF. The cursor moves to
Product 1 123 the left end digit.)
± 1
To device value change state
Device value change state • Select the increment (decrement) value by the key.
• Increment/decrement the numerical value by the / keys.
x 1 second • Digits are rounded up.
Product 1 123 Applying data

Defects 1 • Apply the changed values. After applying the values, the KV-700
Progress 22%
RLY 01400 ON monitor state of the page where the change was made is KV-10/16/
automatically moved to. 24/40
To monitor screen
APPENDICES
A-5
•
•
•
•
Main menu
Selection of change device

• Select the device to change/display by the key.
Jog dial ENT does not function.
• Three devices DM1677 to DM1679 can be selected.
Select change device
Change of device values

• Select the increment (decrement) amount by the
key. (1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000)
• Increment/decrement the numerical value by the /
keys. (0 to 65535)
Change device value

•
•
•
•
Main menu

Jog dial ENT does not function.
• Three devices T247 to T249 can be selected.
• Three devices C247 to C249 can be selected.
Change of device value

KV-700 key. (1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000)
KV-10/16/ • Increment/decrement the numerical value by the /
24/40 keys. (0 to 65535)
Change device value
APPENDICES
A-6

•Operator Mode
•DM Direct Access
•I/O Monitor
Main menu
I/O monitor state

　【 I/O INPUT 】 • Select the display device No. by the /
RLY 00000 key.
RLY 00100
RLY 00200
To KL monitor state from I/O monitor state
• The I/O monitor state moves to the KL monitor
I/O monitor state
state by the key.
　【 KL INPUT 】 KL monitor state

DM 1600
DM 1601 • Select the display device No. by the /
DM 1602
key.
KL monitor state To I/O monitor state from KL monitor state

• The KL monitor state moves to the I/O monitor
state by the key.
■ Switch/LED comment
•DM Direct Access
•I/O Monitor
•Key/LED Comments
Main menu
Switch comment display state

F1: Clear Count
F2: + Speed
F3: - Speed
F4: Initialize Speed
Migration between switch comment display state
Switch comment display screen and LED comment display state
• The switch comment display state and LED comment
display state is switched by each press of the
key.
KV-700
LED1: Target Reached
LED2: Excessive Defects LED comment display state KV-10/16/
LED3: RLY2506
LED4: RLY2507 24/40

APPENDICES
A-7
Key Operations when the KV-700 is Connected

■ Operator mode
•Operator Mode
•DM Direct Access
•Alarm Menu
Main menu
Monitor state
Product 1 123 • Select the page by the / keys.
Defects 1 • Max. 20 pages
Progress 22%
RLY 01400 ON
To the change device selection state from the monitor state
• Determine the page whose values are to be changed, and
Monitor state move to the change device selection state. (The digit blinks.)
x 1 second
Change device select state
• Select the device to change by the / keys.
Product 1 123 • Only the line on which devices can be changed blinks.
Defects 1
Progress 22% • Blinking on lines on which changing of numerical values is
RLY 01400 ON prohibited in the display device attribute setting is skipped. No
lines blink when changing of numerical values is prohibited on
Change device selected state all lines.
or To device value change state from change device selection

x 1 second state
• The cursor moves to the numerical value section of the
change device. (Zero suppress is OFF. The cursor moves to
Product 1 123 the left end digit.)
± 1
To device value change state
Device value change state • Select the increment (decrement) value by the key.
• Increment/decrement the numerical value by the / keys.
x 1 second • Digits are rounded up.
Product 1 123 Applying data

Defects 1 • Apply the changed values. After applying the values, the
Progress 22%
RLY 01400 ON monitor state of the page where the change was made is
automatically moved to.
To monitor screen
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
APPENDICES
A-8
•Operator Mode
•CM Direct Access
•Alarm Menu
Main menu

【CM Direct Access】 • Select the device to change/display by the key.
CM 410 120 Jog dial ENT does not function.
± 1 • Three devices CM0410 to CM0414 can be selected.
Change of device values

【CM Direct Access】 key. (1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000, 1000000,
CM 410 20
10000000, 100000000, 1000000000)
± 10 • Increment/decrement the numerical value by the /
keys. (0 to 4294967295)
Change device value • Digits are rounded up.
•Operator Mode
•CM Direct Access
•Alarm Menu
Main menu

Product Count 120 Jog dial ENT does not function.
PRESET 10000 • Three devices T500 to T502 can be selected.
± 1
• Three devices C500 to C502 can be selected.
Change of device value

【 T/C Direct Access 】 KV-700
Product Count 120 • Select the increment (decrement) amount by the
PRESET 11010 key. (1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000, 1000000, KV-10/16/
± 10
10000000, 100000000, 1000000000) 24/40
• Increment/decrement the numerical value by the /

Change device value
keys. (0 to 4294967295)
APPENDICES
A-9
■ Alarm menu
•Operator Mode
•CM Direct Access
•Alarm Menu
Main menu
　【ALARM MENU】
•Alarm Monitor
•Alarm Record
•Alarm Record Clear
Alarm menu display
Alarm monitor Alarm record Alarm record clear
　【Alarm Monitor】【Alarm Record】 01/05

　　　　　　　　 01/05 2000/08/28 19:02:02 ON 【Alarm Record Clear】
Out materials. Fill! Out of materials. Fill!
•Clear: [ENTER]
•Stop: [M]
Alarm monitor screen Alarm record screen Clear alarm record

confirmation screen
Selection of alarm monitor screen Selection of alarm record screen
Check the alarm state by the / Check the alarm record by the / x 1 sec.
keys. Alarms having higher priority are keys. Newer records are displayed in
displayed in previous page. previous page. 【Alarm Record Clear】
Clear alarm record
completed
Clear alarm record

completion screen
Clearing the alarm record

Select "Alarm record clear" in the alarm
menu. The [Alarm record clear]
confirmation screen is displayed. Hold
down the key for one second.
The alarm record is cleared.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
APPENDICES
A-10
■ Memory Card
•Alarm Menu 　【MEMORY CARD】

•Memory Card •Load Ladder Program
•View Clock •File List
•Key/LED Comments •View Free Space
Alarm Menu Memory Card menu
Read file File list Memory Card free space
KVSAVE00〈 D 〉 KVSAVE00〈 D 〉 Free space

KVSAVE02〈 D 〉 KVSAVE02〈 D 〉　　 Processing・・・
Project folder selected state Project folder selected state Free space confirmation screen
Load .　　　〈D〉 Free space

　Load OK? . .　　　〈 D 〉
KVSAVE00〈 D 〉 KVSAVE00.ZCD 1004477KByte
KVSAVE01.ZCT
Load file confirmation screen File selected state Free space confirmation
completion screen
x 1 sec.
Load Switching between the project Displaying free space on Memory

　 folder selected state and file Card
KVSAVE00.ZCD
　　　 30% selected state Select "View free space" from the
• Each press of the 　　key toggles Memory Card menu. The free space on
Loading file screen between these states. the Memory Card is displayed.
Displaying project folders

• Select the project folder to read by the
Load / keys.
　
　Loaded • Use the 　　key to view the details of
the folder.
Loading file completion screen Displaying files

• Check the contents of the file by the
/ keys.
Loading files • Use the 　　key to view the details of
Select the project folder to read by the the file.
/ keys.
The [Load file] confirmation screen is
displayed. Hold down the 　　key for one
second.
The file is loaded.
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
APPENDICES
A-11
■ Switch/LED comment
•Alarm
•Memory Card
•View Clock
•Key/LED Comments
Main menu
Switch comment display state

F1: Clear Count
F2: + Speed
F3: – Speed
F4: Initialize Speed
Migration between switch comment display state
Switch comment display screen and LED comment display state
• The switch comment display state and LED comment
display state is switched by each press of the
key.
LED1: Target Reached
LED2: Excessive Defects LED comment display state
LED3: CR 3706
LED4: CR 3707
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
APPENDICES
A-12
3 Comment Entry Form
3 Comment Entry Form

Make a copy of the following form when considering comments to set.
Writing comments into the a copy of the following form facilitates entry of actual
comments.
1 24 32
1 24 32
1 24 32
KV-700
KV-10/16/
24/40
1 24 32

APPENDICES
1 24 32
A-13
4 Index
4 Index
This index of terms used in this manual is arranged in symbol, number and alphabetical order.
When the KV-10/16/24/40 is connected, use the index "When the KV-10/16/24/40 is Connected", and when
the KV-700 is connected, use the index "When the KV-700 is Connected".
When the KV-10/16/24/40 is Connected
[Number] Differences between Functions

2 x 48 Preset Counter, User Messages and Color Added specifications ........................................ A-2
Display ................................................................. 11-4 Changed specifications .................................... A-2
2X display ............................................................. 4-23 Deleted specifications ...................................... A-2
4X display ............................................................. 4-24 Differences between functions when the KV-10/16/
7-segment font display ......................................... 4-25 24/40 is connected and the KV-700 is connected
Direct access .................................................... 5-3
[A] switch/LED comment ........................................ 9-2
Attaching the Body ................................................. 2-5 Display device settings ................................. 3-13, 4-9
Attribute 1 Order of Priority .................................. 4-25 Display Screen Hold Function ............................ 10-10
Attribute 2 Order of Priority .................................. 4-26 Display Screen Setting Function ........................ 10-10
Attribute setting 1 ....................................... 3-14, 4-13 Displaying Device Comments .............................. 4-12
Attribute setting 2 ....................................... 3-14, 4-13 DM Direct Access
Key operation quick guide ................................ A-6
[B] Screen Hierarchy .............................................. 5-5
Backlight Change Function .................................. 10-9 Troubleshooting .............................................. 12-8
Box display of timers and counters ...................... 4-11 Value changed .................................................. 5-5
Buzzer/External Output Function ......................... 10-8
[E]
[C] Enable rewriting of setting values ........................ 4-21
Cautions in the Numerical Value Change State ... 4-26 Enable rewriting of values (current value) ............ 4-22
Circuit diagram Error
Input circuit diagram .......................................... 1-9 CPU ................................................................ 12-2
Jog dial output diagram ................................... 1-12 KV-D30 Unit .................................................... 12-2
KV-700 Output circuit diagram ....................................... 1-9 External Dimensions
KV-10/16/ Comment Entry Form .......................................... A-13 Jog dial ............................................................ 1-12
24/40
Compatibility with KV-D20 ..................................... A-2 KV-D30 ........................................................... 1-10
Connecting to the KV-D30 ................................... 2-12
Customized Switches ............................................. 9-5 [I]
Customized LEDs .................................................. 9-5 I/O Monitor Mode
APPENDICES

[D] Screen Hierarchy .............................................. 6-4
Decimal point position .......................................... 4-13 Troubleshooting .............................................. 12-9
Device assignments ............................................. 3-12 Inspection ............................................................. 2-13
Display device settings ................................... 3-13
Setting display device attributes ..................... 3-14 [J]
Differences Jog dial
Assigned Device No. ........................................ A-3 Connecting to the KV-D30 .............................. 2-12
Display Mode ................................................... A-3 Jog dial specifications ..................................... 1-11
Functions ......................................................... A-2 Jog dial output circuit diagram ........................ 1-12
Jog dial output diagram ................................... 1-12
A-14
4 Index
Jog dial external diagrams .............................. 1-12 [O]

Mounting method ............................................ 2-10 Operator mode
[K] Screen Hierarchy .............................................. 4-4
Key operation quick guide Troubleshooting .............................................. 12-7
DM direct access ............................................. A-6
I/O monitor mode ............................................. A-7 [P]
Key Lock Function ........................................ 10-10 Prohibiting screen migration ............................... 10-12
Operator mode ................................................. A-5 Protecting the KV-D30 Settings ......................... 10-13
Switch/LED comment ....................................... A-7
T/C direct access ............................................. A-6 [R]
KV-D30 Radix specification ............................................... 4-19
Connect the jog dial ........................................ 2-12 Red/Green Blinking .............................................. 11-6
External dimensions ........................................ 1-10 Relationship between DM No. and page and line
General specifications ....................................... 1-7 No. ........................................................................ 3-15
Input circuit diagram .......................................... 1-9 Relationship between jog dial operations and the
setting operation switches .................................... 2-12
Input specifications ........................................... 1-8
Mounting method .............................................. 2-5
Output circuit diagrams ..................................... 1-9
[S]
Sample Programs ................................................ 11-2
Output specifications ......................................... 1-9
Screen Hierarchy
Performance specifications ............................... 1-8
DM direct access .............................................. 5-5
Specifications .................................................... 1-7
I/O monitor mode .............................................. 6-4
Operator mode .................................................. 4-4
[L]
Switch/LED comments ...................................... 9-4
LED comment display screen ................................ 9-4
T/C direct access .............................................. 5-8
List of Error Messages ......................................... 12-2
Setting display device ............................................ 4-9
List of Devices
Setting display device attributes ................. 3-14, 4-13
Attribute setting 1 ............................................ 3-14
Setting value display ON/OFF .............................. 4-20
Sign ON/OFF ....................................................... 4-17
Relationship between DM No. and page and line
No. on the KV-D30 .......................................... 3-15 Specifications
General specifications ....................................... 1-7
[M] Input specifications ........................................... 1-8
KV-700
Maintenance ......................................................... 2-13 Jog dial specifications ..................................... 1-11
KV-10/16/
Measures for improving noise resistance ............... 2-4 KV-D30 ............................................................. 1-7 24/40
Menu Hierarchy ...................................................... 3-3 Output specifications ......................................... 1-9

Mounting method Performance specifications ............................... 1-8
KV-D30 ............................................................. 2-5 Switch/LED comments
Differences between functions when the KV-10/16/
APPENDICES
Jog dial ............................................................ 2-10

24/40 is connected and the KV-700 is connected ..
.......................................................................... 9-2
[N]
Number of bits ...................................................... 4-18
Screen Hierarchy .............................................. 9-4
Number of blank spaces at right end of numerical
Switch/LED comment display screen ..................... 9-4
value display ........................................................ 4-16
System Message Convention Change Function .. 10-7
Numerical value display ON/OFF ......................... 4-17
A-15
4 Index
[T]
Table of Display Mode Differences ....................... A-3
Table of Assigned Device No. Differences ............ A-3
Terminal layout diagram ......................................... 1-8
Troubleshooting
DM direct access ............................................ 12-8
I/O monitor mode ............................................ 12-9
Main menu ...................................................... 12-6
Operator mode ................................................ 12-7
T/C direct access ............................................ 12-9
Trouble Common to the KV-D30 and All Menus ....
........................................................................ 12-5
T/C Direct Access
Troubleshooting .............................................. 12-9
Value changed .................................................. 5-8
[U]
User Message Functions ..................................... 10-4
[V]
Value changed
Timer/counter box type display ....................... 4-11
DM direct access .............................................. 5-5
T/C direct access .............................................. 5-8
[W]
When supplying power from an external 24 VDC
power supply .......................................................... 2-7
When supplying power from the PLC port ............. 2-7
[Z]
KV-700
Zero suppression setting ...................................... 4-20
KV-10/16/
24/40
APPENDICES
A-16
4 Index
When the KV-700 is Connected Clock Display

Troubleshooting ............................................ 12-14
[Number] clock display, Addition of ................................. 4-58
2 x 48 Preset Counter, User Messages and Color CM direct access
Display ................................................................. 11-4
2X display (attribute setting 2) .............................. 4-43
2X display (template 2) ........................................ 4-56
Comment Entry Form .......................................... A-13
4X display (attribute setting 2) .............................. 4-44
Compatibility with KV-D20..................................... A-2
4X display (template 2) ........................................ 4-57
Connecting to the KV-D30 ................................... 2-12
7-segment font display ......................................... 4-45
Control Panel Display........................................... 11-8
Control relays for alarms .............................. 3-22, 7-7
[A]
Current Page No. Storage Function ................... 10-24
Addition of clock display ....................................... 4-58
Customized Switch................................................. 9-5
Alarm Display ......................................................... 7-8
Customized LED .................................................... 9-5
Alarm menu
[D]
Key operation quick guide .............................. A-10
Decimal point position .......................................... 4-35
Device assignments ............................................. 3-16
Alarm monitor
Display device settings ................................... 3-17
Menu Hierarchy ................................................. 7-5
Setting display device attributes ..................... 3-18
Alarm monitor function ...................................... 7-3
Template 1 ...................................................... 3-18
About the Alarm Monitor display screen ........... 7-6
Template 2 ...................................................... 3-19
Alarm record
Differences
Alarm record screen .......................................... 7-5
Assigned Device No. ........................................ A-3
Alarm record function ........................................ 7-4
Display Mode ................................................... A-3
About the Alarm Record display screen ............ 7-6
Functions ......................................................... A-2
Alarm record clear
Differences between Functions
Alarm record clear function ............................... 7-4
Added specifications ........................................ A-2
Alarm record clear screen ................................. 7-5
Changed specifications .................................... A-2
Attaching the Body ................................................. 2-5
Deleted specifications ...................................... A-2
Attribute 1 Order of Priority ..................................4-46
Differences between functions when the KV-10/16/
Attribute 2 Order of Priority ..................................4-46 24/40 is connected and the KV-700 is connected
KV-700
Attribute setting 1 ....................................... 3-18, 4-32 direct access ..................................................... 5-3 KV-10/16/
Attribute setting 2 ....................................... 3-18, 4-32 Switch/LED comment ........................................ 9-2 24/40
Attribute settings and content that can be set by the Display device settings............................... 3-17, 4-28
template function .................................................. 4-48
Display function
File list ............................................................... 8-4
[B]
APPENDICES
Memory Card free space .................................. 8-4

Backlight Change Function ................................ 10-21
Display Screen
Buzzer Function ................................................. 10-19
Alarm Monitor .................................................... 7-6
Alarm Record .................................................... 7-6
[C]
Display Screen Hold Function ....................... 10-26
Cautions in the Numerical Value Change State ... 4-47
Display Screen Setting Function ........................ 10-26
Circuit diagram
Displaying Device Comments .............................. 4-31
Input circuit diagram .......................................... 1-9
Jog dial output diagram ................................... 1-12
[E]
Output circuit diagram ....................................... 1-9
Enable rewriting of setting values ........................ 4-41
Number of blanks in each line .........................4-53
Enable rewriting of values (current value) ............ 4-42
A-17
Error Specifications .................................................... 1-7
CPU ................................................................ 12-2
KV-D30 Unit .................................................... 12-2 [L]
Memory Card Errors ....................................... 12-3 LED comment display screen ................................ 9-4
External Dimensions List of Devices
Jog dial ............................................................ 1-12 Attribute setting 1 ............................................ 3-18
KV-D30 ........................................................... 1-10 Attribute setting 2 ............................................ 3-18
External Output Function ................................... 10-20 Control relays for alarms ................................. 3-22
Offset .............................................................. 3-17
[F] Relationship between CM No. and page and line
File list .................................................................... 8-5 No. on the KV-D30 .......................................... 3-20
Functions List of Error Messages ......................................... 12-2
Alarm monitor .................................................... 7-3 Load ladder program
Alarm record ..................................................... 7-4 Screen ............................................................... 8-5
Alarm record clear ............................................. 7-4 Function ............................................................ 8-3
Load ladder program ......................................... 8-3 Sign ON/OFF .................................................. 4-37
[I] [M]
Inspection ............................................................. 2-13 Main menu (troubleshooting) ............................. 12-11
Maintenance ......................................................... 2-13
[J] Menu Hierarchy ...................................................... 3-7
Jog dial Measures for improving noise resistance ............... 2-4
Connecting to the KV-D30 .............................. 2-12 Memory Card
Jog dial specifications ..................................... 1-11 free space display function ............................... 8-4
Jog dial output circuit diagram ........................ 1-12 Key operation quick guide .............................. A-11
Jog dial output diagram ................................... 1-12 Troubleshooting ............................................ 12-14
Jog dial external diagrams .............................. 1-12 Memory Card menu ............................................... 8-5
Mounting method ............................................ 2-10 Mounting method
KV-D30 ............................................................. 2-5
[K] Jog dial ............................................................ 2-10
Key guide display ................................................. 4-59
Key Lock Function .............................................. 10-26 [N]
Key operation quick guide Number of bank spaces at right end of numerical
KV-700
value display
KV-10/16/ Alarm menu .................................................... A-10
24/40 Attribute setting 1 ............................................ 4-36
DM direct access ............................................. A-9
Template 1 ...................................................... 4-52
Memory Card ................................................. A-11
Numerical value display ON/OFF
Operator mode ................................................. A-8
Switch/LED comment ....................................... A-7
Template 1 ...................................................... 4-54
APPENDICES
T/C direct access ............................................. A-9

Number of bits ...................................................... 4-38
KV-D30
Numerical value font setting ................................. 4-55
Connect the jog dial ........................................ 2-12
External dimensions ........................................ 1-10
General specifications ....................................... 1-7
[O]
Offset .......................................................... 3-17, 4-28
Input circuit diagram .......................................... 1-9
Operator mode
Input specifications ........................................... 1-8
Mounting method .............................................. 2-5
Output circuit diagrams ..................................... 1-9
Output specifications ......................................... 1-9
Performance specifications ............................... 1-8
A-18
[P] [T]
Page Scroll Inhibit Function ............................... 10-25 T/C Direct Access
Page Switching by Customized Switches ............ 11-9 Key operation quick guide ................................ A-9
Page Switching Function .................................... 10-22 Troubleshooting ............................................ 12-14
Prohibiting screen migration ............................... 10-28 Table of Assigned Device No. Differences ............ A-3
Protecting the KV-D30 Settings ......................... 10-29 Table of Display Mode Differences ....................... A-3
Template 1 ................................................. 3-18, 4-49
[R] Template 2 ................................................. 3-19, 4-49
Radix specification ............................................... 4-39 Template ON/OFF setting .................................... 4-62
Red/Green Blinking .............................................. 11-6 Terminal layout diagram ......................................... 1-8
Relationship between CM No. and page and line Timer/counter box type display ............................ 4-60
No. on the KV-D30 ............................................... 3-20 Title Screen Display and 7-segment Display of
Relationship between jog dial operations and the Numerical Values ................................................. 11-2
setting operation switches .................................... 2-12 Troubleshooting
Alarm menu ................................................... 12-14
[S] Clock display ................................................. 12-14
Sample Programs ................................................ 11-2 CM direct access .......................................... 12-13
Screen Main menu .................................................... 12-11
Alarm monitor .................................................... 7-5 Memory Card ................................................ 12-14
Alarm record ..................................................... 7-5 Operator mode .............................................. 12-12
Alarm record clear ............................................. 7-5 T/C direct access .......................................... 12-14
File list ............................................................... 8-5 Trouble Common to the KV-D30 and All Menus
Load ladder program ......................................... 8-5 ...................................................................... 12-10
View free space ................................................ 8-5
Screen Hierarchy [U]
Alarm menu ....................................................... 5-9 Unit Monitor Function ......................................... 10-14
Clock display ..................................................... 8-6 User message 1 ................................................. 10-14
CM direct access .............................................. 5-6 User message 2 ................................................. 10-16
Memory Card menu .......................................... 8-5 User Message Function ..................................... 10-14
Operator mode .................................................. 4-6
Switch/LED comments ...................................... 9-4 [V]
T/C direct access .............................................. 5-8 Value changed
Setting display device attributes ................. 3-18, 4-32 CM direct access .............................................. 5-6
KV-700
Setting value display ON/OFF .............................. 4-40 T/C direct access .............................................. 5-9
KV-10/16/
Specifications Timer/counter box type display ....................... 4-60 24/40
General specifications ....................................... 1-7 View free space

Input specifications ........................................... 1-8 Screen ............................................................... 8-5
Jog dial specifications ..................................... 1-11 display function ................................................. 8-4
KV-D30 ............................................................. 1-7
APPENDICES
Output specifications ......................................... 1-9 [W]

Performance specifications ............................... 1-8 When supplying power from the SERIAL port ........ 2-8
Switch/LED comments When supplying power from an external 24 VDC
Differences between functions when the KV-10/ power supply .......................................................... 2-7
16/24/40 is connected and the KV-700 is con-
nected ............................................................... 9-2 [Z]
Key operation quick guide .............................. A-12 Zero suppression setting ...................................... 4-40
Switch comment display screen ............................. 9-4
...................................................................... 10-18
A-19
Revision History
Printing Date Version Revision Details
October 2003 Ver 1.0

Warranty
1. Warranty Period
The warranty period for this product shall be one year from the date of purchase at
the specified location.
2. Scope of Warranty
(1) If a malfunction due the liability on the part of KEYENCE CORPORATION arises
during the above warranty period, this product shall be repaired free of charge.
However, instances that fall under the following categories shall be excluded
from the scope of warranty:
(1) Malfunctions due to inappropriate conditions, environment, handling, and

method of use other than described in the operation manual, user's manual,
and other separately exchanged specifications, etc.
(2) Malfunctions due to a cause other than a KEYENCE CORPORATION
product such as a customer's device or software design
(3) Malfunctions due to remodeling and repair other than KEYENCE CORPO-
RATION
(4) Malfunctions recognized as being preventable if consumables listed in the
operation manual and user's manual, for example, are maintained and
replaced correctly
(5) Malfunctions due to unforeseen causes in scientific and technical standards
before shipment
(6) Other malfunctions due to fire, earthquake, water damage, and other
disasters, and external factors such as abnormal power voltage that are not
the liability of KEYENCE CORPORATION
(2) (1) above shall be set as the restriction for the scope of warranty, and secondary
damages (damage to devices, mechanical loss, profit due to defects, etc.) on the
part of the customer due to malfunction of a KEYENCE CORPORATION
product and any other damages whatsoever shall be outside the scope of
warranty.
3. Scope of Application of This Product

KEYENCE CORPORATION products are designed and manufactured as general-
purpose equipment for general industrial applications. Use in applications such as
nuclear power generation, aircraft, railways, and medical equipment, for example,
where excessive influence is expected on human life and property shall be outside
of the scope of application of this product. Note, however, that use of this product
in applications where the user has understood the specifications of this product
after prior consultation with KEYENCE CORPORATION shall be within the scope
of application of this product. (Even in this instance, the scope of application of this
warranty shall be the same as described above.)
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
AFFILIATED COMPANIES
KEYENCE CORPORATION OF AMERICA KEYENCE (MALAYSIA) SDN BHD
Phone: 201-930-0100 Fax: 201-930-0099 Phone: 03-2092-2211 Fax: 03-2092-2131
KEYENCE CORPORATION KEYENCE DEUTSCHLAND GmbH KEYENCE (THAILAND) CO., LTD.
1-3-14, Higashi-Nakajima, Phone: 06102-36 89-0 Fax: 06102-36 89-100 Phone: 02-369-2777 Fax: 02-369-2775
Higashi-Yodogawa-ku, Osaka, KEYENCE (UK) LIMITED KEYENCE TAIWAN CO., LTD.
533-8555, Japan Phone: 01908-696900 Fax: 01908-696777 Phone: 02-2627-3100 Fax: 02-2798-8925
Phone: 81-6-6379-2211 KEYENCE FRANCE S.A. KEYENCE (HONG KONG) CO., LTD.
Fax: 81-6-6379-2131 Phone: 01 56 37 78 00 Fax: 01 56 37 78 01 Phone: 3104-1010 Fax: 3104-1080
KEYENCE ITALIA S.p.A. KEYENCE INTERNATIONAL TRADING
Phone: 02-668-8220 Fax: 02-668-25099 (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD.
Phone: 021-68757500 Fax: 021-68757550
KEYENCE SINGAPORE PTE LTD.
Phone: 6392-1011 Fax: 6392-5055 KEYENCE KOREA CORPORATION
Phone: 02-563-1270 Fax: 02-563-1271
©KEYENCE CORPORATION, 2003 0103-1 A84059 Printed in Japan

KV d30 Manual

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

KV d30 Manual

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

A84059

■ KV-D30 Related Manuals

WARNING Failure to follow these instructions may lead to injury.

Failure to follow these instructions may lead to physical dam-

Important: Provides additional information on precautions and restrictions that must

Note: Provides additional information on proper operation.

Display Example Function See Page

Displays start of comments as a space. KV-10/16/24/40 4-12

Decimal point display KV-10/16/24/40 4-15

" p'ces." display KV-10/16/24/40 4-16

Nameplate blinking display KV-10/16/24/40 4-17

Signed number display KV-10/16/24/40 4-17

2-word number display KV-10/16/24/40 4-18

Hexadecimal display KV-10/16/24/40 4-19

Counter set value simultaneous display KV-10/16/24/40 4-20

Zero-suppress OFF display KV-10/16/24/40 4-20

Setting value rewrite enable/disable setting KV-10/16/24/40 4-21

Individually setting of numerical value changes KV-10/16/24/40 4-22

2X character display KV-10/16/24/40 4-23

4X character display KV-10/16/24/40 4-24

4X display (template used) KV-10/16/24/40 —

7-segment numerical value display KV-10/16/24/40 4-25

7-segment numerical value display KV-10/16/24/40 —

Batch setting of number of blank spaces KV-10/16/24/40 —

Creation of a title screen (template used) KV-10/16/24/40 —

Addition of clock display KV-10/16/24/40 —

Key guide display KV-10/16/24/40 —

Use of template function KV-10/16/24/40 —

Display of alarm KV-10/16/24/40 —

Customized switch setting KV-10/16/24/40 9-6

Customized LED setting KV-10/16/24/40 9-6

User message 2 display KV-10/16/24/40 —

System message English display KV-10/16/24/40 10-7

Sound buzzer KV-10/16/24/40 10-8

External output ON KV-10/16/24/40 —

Change color of screen in user message display KV-10/16/24/40 10-9

To set page switching KV-10/16/24/40 —

Inhibit page scroll KV-10/16/24/40 —

Prohibiting screen migration KV-10/16/24/40 10-12

Key guide display KV-10/16/24/40 —

123.45 mm KV-700 11-8

Red/green blinking display KV-10/16/24/40 11-6

Title screen Page switching by customized switches KV-10/16/24/40 —

Chapter 9 SWITCH/LED COMMENTS 11

Chapter 11 SAMPLE LADDER PROGRAMS

1-1 System Configuration .............................................................. 1-2

2-1 Installation Procedure .............................................................. 2-2

Chapter 3 OUTLINE & OPERATION

3-1 About the Main Menu ............................................................... 3-2

4-1 About the Operator Mode ........................................................ 4-2

Chapter 5 DIRECT ACCESS

5-1 About Direct Access ................................................................ 5-2

6-1 About the I/O Monitor Mode .................................................... 6-2

Chapter 7 ALARM FUNCTIONS

7-1 Alarm Functions ....................................................................... 7-2

Chapter 8 MEMORY CARD FUNCTION AND CLOCK DISPLAY

Chapter 9 SWITCH/LED COMMENTS

9-1 About the Switch/LED Comment Display Screen.................. 9-2

Chapter 10 OTHER FUNCTIONS

10-1 About Other Functions .......................................................... 10-2

Chapter 11 SAMPLE LADDER PROGRAMS

11-1 Sample Programs ................................................................... 11-2

12-1 List of Error Messages ........................................................... 12-2

　　　　　　 123.45 mm KV-700 11-8